Regen.

From Bruce Lilly.

.cvsignore

@@ -9,13 +9,4 @@ patches
 *.patch *.log log patches applied
 *.prj
 releases
-*.flc
 autom4te.cache
-intl
-Makefile.in
-configure
-config.hin
-aclocal.m4
-ABOUT-NLS
-INSTALL
-COPYING

.project

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-patch_list='Bison Patches <[email protected]>'

ABOUT-NLS

@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+Notes on the Free Translation Project
+*************************************
+
+   Free software is going international!  The Free Translation Project
+is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all
+together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages.
+A few packages already provide translations for their messages.
+
+   If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may
+assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally,
+itself available at your nearest GNU archive site.  But you do _not_
+need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using
+this package with messages translated.
+
+   Installers will find here some useful hints.  These notes also
+explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the
+available translations.  They tell how people wanting to contribute and
+work at translations should contact the appropriate team.
+
+   When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be
+related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of
+`gettext' which is used.  The information can be found in the
+`intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages.
+
+Quick configuration advice
+==========================
+
+   If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you
+should configure it using
+
+     ./configure --with-included-gettext
+
+to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this
+package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the
+operating system where this package is being installed.  So far, only
+the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as
+many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic
+charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here.
+It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top
+of a `catgets' implementation.  Future versions of GNU `gettext' will
+very likely convey even more functionality.  So it might be a good idea
+to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible.
+
+   So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or
+you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the
+included `libintl'.
+
+INSTALL Matters
+===============
+
+   Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
+programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language.
+Most such packages use GNU `gettext'.  Other packages have their own
+ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
+
+   By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of
+messages.  It will automatically detect whether the system already
+provides the GNU `gettext' functions.  If not, the GNU `gettext' own
+library will be used.  This library is wholly contained within this
+package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior installation of
+the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required.  Installers may use
+special options at configuration time for changing the default
+behaviour.  The commands:
+
+     ./configure --with-included-gettext
+     ./configure --disable-nls
+
+will respectively bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the
+internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else,
+_totally_ disable translation of messages.
+
+   When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run
+configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will
+probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and
+will decide to use this.  This might be not what is desirable.  You
+should use the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library.  I.e.
+if the file `intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this
+package is more recent, you should use
+
+     ./configure --with-included-gettext
+
+to prevent auto-detection.
+
+   The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function
+and therefore it will not be used.  The reason is that even an
+emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the
+extensions of the GNU `gettext' library.
+
+   Internationalized packages have usually many `po/LL.po' files, where
+LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language.  Unless
+translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the
+`--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed
+together with the package.  However, the environment variable `LINGUAS'
+may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set.
+`LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter
+codes, stating which languages are allowed.
+
+Using This Package
+==================
+
+   As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you
+only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate
+`LL_CC' combination.  Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code,
+and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code.  For example, let's
+suppose that you speak German and live in Germany.  At the shell
+prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'),
+`export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash').
+This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for
+all.
+
+   You might think that the country code specification is redundant.
+But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries.  For
+example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil.  The
+country code serves to distinguish the dialects.
+
+   Not all programs have translations for all languages.  By default, an
+English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation.  If you
+understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages.
+This is done through a different environment variable, called
+`LANGUAGE'.  GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG'
+for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG'
+set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the
+system libraries.  For example, some Swedish users who would rather
+read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not
+available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'.
+
+   In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG'
+environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL'
+to denote the language's main dialect.  For example, `de' is equivalent
+to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT'
+(Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context.
+
+Translating Teams
+=================
+
+   For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
+people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
+able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
+Each translation team has its own mailing list.  The up-to-date list of
+teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage,
+`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/', in the "National teams"
+area.
+
+   If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you
+should become a member of the translating team for your own language.
+The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has
+`-request' appended.  For example, speakers of Swedish can send a
+message to `[email protected]', having this message body:
+
+     subscribe
+
+   Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate
+_actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
+rather than merely lurking around.  If your team does not exist yet and
+you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to
+get started, please write to `[email protected]' to reach the
+coordinator for all translator teams.
+
+   The English team is special.  It works at improving and uniformizing
+the terminology in use.  Proven linguistic skill are praised more than
+programming skill, here.
+
+Available Packages
+==================
+
+   Languages are not equally supported in all packages.  The following
+matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of September
+2001.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
+PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a
+translation percentage of at least 50%.
+
+     Ready PO files    bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl he hr id it ja
+                     +----------------------------------------------------+
+     a2ps            |          []             []    []                   |
+     bash            |          []       [] []       []                   |
+     bfd             |                                                    |
+     binutils        |                               []                   |
+     bison           |          []          [] []    []                [] |
+     clisp           |          []    []    []       []                   |
+     cpio            |       [] []          []       [] []                |
+     diffutils       |       [] []       [] []       [] []       []       |
+     enscript        |          []                   []                   |
+     error           |                      []       []                   |
+     fetchmail       |                                                    |
+     fileutils       |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []             [] |
+     findutils       |       [] []          [] []    [] []       [] []    |
+     flex            |       []             []       []                   |
+     freetype        |                                                    |
+     gas             |                                                    |
+     gawk            |                               []    []             |
+     gcal            |                                                    |
+     gcc             |                                                    |
+     gettext         |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []       [] [] [] |
+     gnupg           |          []       []    []    [] []          [] [] |
+     gprof           |                                                    |
+     grep            |    []    []       [] [] []    [] []          []    |
+     hello           |       [] [] []    [] [] [] [] [] []          [] [] |
+     id-utils        |       [] []                   []                   |
+     indent          |       [] []             []    [] []                |
+     jpilot          |                               []                   |
+     kbd             |                                                    |
+     ld              |                               []                   |
+     libc            |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []             [] |
+     lilypond        |                                                 [] |
+     lynx            |    [] [] []                                     [] |
+     m4              |    [] [] [] []                [] []       []    [] |
+     make            |       [] []          []       [] []             [] |
+     mysecretdiary   |          []                                        |
+     nano            |                      []          []       []       |
+     opcodes         |                                                    |
+     parted          |          []                      []             [] |
+     ptx             |       [] []          [] []    [] []       []       |
+     python          |                                                    |
+     recode          |       [] [] []    [] []       [] [] []       []    |
+     sed             |    [] [] [] []    []    []    [] [] []    [] [] [] |
+     sh-utils        |    [] [] [] []       [] []    [] []          [] [] |
+     sharutils       |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []             [] |
+     sketch          |                                                    |
+     soundtracker    |          []          []          []                |
+     sp              |                                                    |
+     tar             |    [] [] []          [] []    []             [] [] |
+     texinfo         |    [] [] []       []          []                [] |
+     textutils       |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []             [] |
+     util-linux      |    [] []                                           |
+     wdiff           |       [] []             []                         |
+     wget            |    [] [] [] []       [] []    [] [] []          [] |
+                     +----------------------------------------------------+
+                       bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl he hr id it ja
+                        0 14 24 32 11  1  8 23 13  1 33 22  4  0  7  9 18
+     
+                       ko lv nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh
+                     +----------------------------------------------------+
+     a2ps            |          []                   []    []             |  6
+     bash            |                                                    |  4
+     bfd             |                                                    |  0
+     binutils        |                                                    |  1
+     bison           |                               []                   |  6
+     clisp           |          []                                        |  5
+     cpio            | []       []       []     []   []                   | 10
+     diffutils       |                   []          []       [] []       | 11
+     enscript        |          []              []   []                   |  5
+     error           |                                  []       []       |  4
+     fetchmail       |                                                    |  0
+     fileutils       | []       []       []     []   [] [] [] [] []       | 17
+     findutils       | []       []       []     []   []    [] [] []       | 16
+     flex            | []                            []       []          |  6
+     freetype        |                                                    |  0
+     gas             |                                                    |  0
+     gawk            |                                           []       |  3
+     gcal            |                                                    |  0
+     gcc             |                                                    |  0
+     gettext         | []                []     []   []    [] [] []    [] | 18
+     gnupg           |                   []                   [] []       | 10
+     gprof           |                                                    |  0
+     grep            |                   []                [] [] []       | 12
+     hello           | [] [] [] []    [] []          [] []    [] [] []    | 22
+     id-utils        |          []                   []       []          |  6
+     indent          | []       []       []          [] []    [] []       | 12
+     jpilot          |                                                    |  1
+     kbd             |                                           []       |  1
+     ld              |                                                    |  1
+     libc            | []    []       [] []     []      []    [] []       | 16
+     lilypond        |          []                            []          |  3
+     lynx            |          []              []   []       []          |  8
+     m4              |          []       []          []       []          | 12
+     make            | []       []       []     []   []          []       | 12
+     mysecretdiary   |                                                    |  1
+     nano            |                                        []          |  4
+     opcodes         |                                           []       |  1
+     parted          |          []                   []                   |  5
+     ptx             |       [] []    [] [] []       []       [] []       | 15
+     python          |                                                    |  0
+     recode          |                   []          []    [] []          | 13
+     sed             |          []              []   [] [] [] [] []       | 19
+     sh-utils        |       [] []    [] []     []   [] [] [] [] []    [] | 21
+     sharutils       |          []                   []       []          | 11
+     sketch          |                                                    |  0
+     soundtracker    |                                                    |  3
+     sp              |                                                    |  0
+     tar             |       []       [] []     []         [] [] []       | 15
+     texinfo         |                               []                   |  7
+     textutils       |       [] []    [] []     []   [] [] []             | 16
+     util-linux      |                          []               []       |  4
+     wdiff           |                               [] []    [] []       |  7
+     wget            |          []                   [] [] [] [] [] []    | 17
+                     +----------------------------------------------------+
+       33 teams        ko lv nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh
+       53 domains       9  1  6 20  0  6 17  1  13   25 10 11 23 21  2  2  387
+
+   Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
+visible blocks let us expect.  This is because a few extra PO files are
+used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language
+dialects.
+
+   For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to
+which it applies should also have been internationalized and
+distributed as such by its maintainer.  There might be an observable
+lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
+distribution.
+
+   If September 2001 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
+of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites.  The most
+up-to-date matrix with full percentage details can be found at
+`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'.
+
+Using `gettext' in new packages
+===============================
+
+   If you are writing a freely available program and want to
+internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your
+package.  Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public
+License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library.  This means
+in particular that even non-free programs can use `libintl' as a shared
+library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static
+library or use modified versions of `libintl'.
+
+   Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle
+to use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations.  The
+Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not
+developed inside the GNU project.  Therefore the information given above
+applies also for every other Free Software Project.  Contact
+`[email protected]' to make the `.pot' files available to
+the translation teams.
+

HACKING

@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
--*- outline -*-
-
-This file attempts to describe the rules to use when hacking Bison.
-Don't put this file into the distribution.  Don't mention it in the
-ChangeLog.
-
-Everything related to the development of Bison is on Savannah:
-
-	http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/bison/
-
-
-* Administrivia
-
-** If you incorporate a change from somebody on the net:
-First, if it is a large change, you must make sure they have signed
-the appropriate paperwork.  Second, be sure to add their name and
-email address to THANKS.
-
-** If a change fixes a test, mention the test in the ChangeLog entry.
-
-** Bug reports
-If somebody reports a new bug, mention his name in the ChangeLog entry
-and in the test case you write.  Put him into THANKS.
-
-The correct response to most actual bugs is to write a new test case
-which demonstrates the bug.  Then fix the bug, re-run the test suite,
-and check everything in.
-
-
-* Hacking
-
-** Visible changes
-Which include serious bug fixes, must be mentioned in NEWS.
-
-** Translations
-Only user visible strings are to be translated: error messages, bits
-of the .output file etc.  This excludes impossible error messages
-(comparable to assert/abort), and all the --trace output which is
-meant for the maintainers only.
-
-
-* Test suite
-
-** make check
-Use liberally.
-
-** Release checks
-Try to run the test suite with more severe conditions before a
-release:
-
-- Configure the package with --enable-gcc-warnings, so that one checks
-  that 1. Bison compiles cleanly, 2. the parsers it produces compile
-  cleanly too.
-
-- run `make maintainer-check' which:
-  - runs `valgrind -q bison' to run Bison under Valgrind.
-  - runs the parsers under Valgrind.
-  - runs the test suite with G++ as C compiler...
-
-- Change tests/atlocal/CFLAGS to add your preferred options.  For
-  instance, `-traditional' to check that the parsers are K&R.  Note
-  that it does not make sense for glr.c, which should be ANSI,
-  but currently is actually GNU C, nor for lalr1.cc, which anyway is
-  not exercised yet in the test suite.
-
-
-* Release Procedure
-
-** Tests
-See above.
-
-** Update the foreign files
-Running `make update' in the top level should make it all for you.
-This covers PO files too.  Beware that it happens that some PO files
-contain serious problems and are rejected by recent Gettext releases:
-fix them all, and complain to the Translation Project!
-
-Note that there might be *new* PO files.  Don't forget to update the
-whole machinery, which not only includes LINGUAS, but `cvs add'ing the
-PO files too.
-
-** Update NEWS
-The version number, *and* the date of the release (including for
-betas).
-
-** Update ChangeLog
-Should have an entry similar to `Version 1.49b.'.
-Check all this in once `make distcheck' passes.
-
-** make alpha
-Running `make alpha' is absolutely perfect for beta releases: it makes
-the tarballs, the xdeltas, and prepares (in /tmp/) a proto
-announcement.  It is so neat, that that's what I use anyway for
-genuine releases, but adjusting things by hand (e.g., the urls in the
-announcement file, the ChangeLog which is not needed etc.).
-
-If it fails, you're on your own...
-
-It requires GNU Make.
-
-** Upload
-Put the tarballs/xdeltas where they should be.  Or put it somewhere,
-and send the URL to [email protected].
-
-** Bump the version number
-In configure.ac.  Run `make', check this in.
-
-** Announce
-Complete/fix the announcement file, and send it at least to
-[email protected] (if a real release, or a ``serious beta''),
-[email protected], and [email protected].
-
-Send the same announcement on the comp.compilers newsgroup.  Do not
-make any Cc as the moderator will throw away anything cross-posted or
-Cc'ed.  It really needs to be a separate message.
-
-
------
-
-Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of GNU Bison.
-
-GNU Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-GNU Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with GNU Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
-Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-02111-1307, USA.

INSTALL

@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation,
+Inc.
+
+   This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
+unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+Basic Installation
+==================
+
+   These are generic installation instructions.
+
+   The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+various system-dependent variables used during compilation.  It uses
+those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions.  Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
+file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
+debugging `configure').
+
+   It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
+and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
+the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring.  (Caching is
+disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
+cache files.)
+
+   If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
+to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+be considered for the next release.  If you are using the cache, and at
+some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
+may remove or edit it.
+
+   The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
+`configure' by a program called `autoconf'.  You only need
+`configure.ac' if you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using
+a newer version of `autoconf'.
+
+The simplest way to compile this package is:
+
+  1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+     `./configure' to configure the package for your system.  If you're
+     using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
+     `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
+     `configure' itself.
+
+     Running `configure' takes awhile.  While running, it prints some
+     messages telling which features it is checking for.
+
+  2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+
+  3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+     the package.
+
+  4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+     documentation.
+
+  5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+     source code directory by typing `make clean'.  To also remove the
+     files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+     a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'.  There is
+     also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+     for the package's developers.  If you use it, you may have to get
+     all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
+     with the distribution.
+
+Compilers and Options
+=====================
+
+   Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
+the `configure' script does not know about.  Run `./configure --help'
+for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
+
+   You can give `configure' initial values for variables by setting
+them in the environment.  You can do that on the command line like this:
+
+     ./configure CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix
+
+   *Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
+
+Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+====================================
+
+   You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory.  To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
+supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'.  `cd' to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the `configure' script.  `configure' automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
+
+   If you have to use a `make' that does not support the `VPATH'
+variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a
+time in the source code directory.  After you have installed the
+package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring
+for another architecture.
+
+Installation Names
+==================
+
+   By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
+`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc.  You can specify an
+installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
+option `--prefix=PATH'.
+
+   You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files.  If you
+give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
+PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
+
+   In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
+options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files.  Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
+
+   If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
+option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+Optional Features
+=================
+
+   Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System).  The
+`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+package recognizes.
+
+   For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
+you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
+`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+Specifying the System Type
+==========================
+
+   There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
+automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package
+will run on.  Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
+a message saying it cannot guess the host type, give it the
+`--build=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
+
+     CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
+
+where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
+
+     OS KERNEL-OS
+
+   See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
+`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the host type.
+
+   If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
+use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
+produce code for.
+
+   If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
+platform different from the build platform, you should specify the host
+platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will eventually be
+run) with `--host=TYPE'.  In this case, you should also specify the
+build platform with `--build=TYPE', because, in this case, it may not
+be possible to guess the build platform (it sometimes involves
+compiling and running simple test programs, and this can't be done if
+the compiler is a cross compiler).
+
+Sharing Defaults
+================
+
+   If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
+you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
+default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists.  Or, you can set the
+`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+
+Defining Variables
+==================
+
+   Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
+environment passed to `configure'.  However, some packages may run
+configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
+variables may be lost.  In order to avoid this problem, you should set
+them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'.  For example:
+
+     ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
+
+will cause the specified gcc to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
+overridden in the site shell script).
+
+`configure' Invocation
+======================
+
+   `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
+operates.
+
+`--help'
+`-h'
+     Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`--version'
+`-V'
+     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+     script, and exit.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+     Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
+     traditionally `config.cache'.  FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
+     disable caching.
+
+`--config-cache'
+`-C'
+     Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
+
+`--quiet'
+`--silent'
+`-q'
+     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.  To
+     suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+     messages will still be shown).
+
+`--srcdir=DIR'
+     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
+     `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.  Run
+`configure --help' for more details.
+

Makefile.am

@@ -1,6 +1,3 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
-## Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
 ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 ## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
@@ -16,15 +13,17 @@
 ## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
 ## 02111-1307  USA
 
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.5 check-news readme-alpha dist-bzip2
+
 ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
 
-SUBDIRS = config po lib data src doc m4 tests
+SUBDIRS = config intl po lib src doc m4 tests
 
-EXTRA_DIST = REFERENCES OChangeLog Makefile.maint GNUmakefile
+EXTRA_DIST = REFERENCES configure.bat OChangeLog Makefile.maint GNUmakefile
+
+DISTCLEANFILES = intl/libintl.h
 
-.PHONY: maintainer-check
-maintainer-check:
-	cd tests && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $@
 
 ## ---------------------------- ##
 ## Customizing Makefile.maint.  ##
@@ -35,8 +34,9 @@ prev_version_file = $(srcdir)/config/prev-version.txt
 release_archive_dir = releases
 
 # Uploading betas.
-url_dir_list = \
-  ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/bison
+hosts = alpha
+alpha_host = alpha.gnu.org
+alpha_url_dir = gnu/bison
 
 # Files to update automatically.
 wget_files = $(srcdir)/config/config.guess $(srcdir)/config/config.sub \

Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,477 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.5c from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+
+bindir = @bindir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+oldincludedir = /usr/include
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = .
+
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_triplet = @host@
+
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOM4TE = @AUTOM4TE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
+CC = @CC@
+CPP = @CPP@
+DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+GCC = @GCC@
+GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
+INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
+LIB = @LIB@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+U = @U@
+USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+WARNING_CFLAGS = @WARNING_CFLAGS@
+WERROR_CFLAGS = @WERROR_CFLAGS@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.5 check-news readme-alpha dist-bzip2
+
+ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
+
+SUBDIRS = config intl po lib src doc m4 tests
+
+EXTRA_DIST = REFERENCES configure.bat OChangeLog Makefile.maint GNUmakefile
+
+DISTCLEANFILES = intl/libintl.h
+
+move_if_change = $(srcdir)/config/move-if-change
+prev_version_file = $(srcdir)/config/prev-version.txt
+release_archive_dir = releases
+
+# Uploading betas.
+hosts = alpha
+alpha_host = alpha.gnu.org
+alpha_url_dir = gnu/bison
+
+# Files to update automatically.
+wget_files = $(srcdir)/config/config.guess $(srcdir)/config/config.sub \
+	     $(srcdir)/config/texinfo.tex
+
+
+cvs_files = $(srcdir)/config/missing
+subdir = .
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = intl/Makefile
+DIST_SOURCES =
+
+RECURSIVE_TARGETS = info-recursive dvi-recursive install-info-recursive \
+	uninstall-info-recursive all-recursive install-data-recursive \
+	install-exec-recursive installdirs-recursive install-recursive \
+	uninstall-recursive check-recursive installcheck-recursive
+DIST_COMMON = README ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL \
+	Makefile.am Makefile.in NEWS README-alpha THANKS aclocal.m4 \
+	config.hin configure configure.in
+DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
+all: config.h
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  Makefile.am  $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu  Makefile
+Makefile:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
+$(srcdir)/configure:  $(srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
+
+$(ACLOCAL_M4):  configure.in m4/c-bs-a.m4 m4/codeset.m4 m4/dmalloc.m4 m4/error.m4 m4/gettext.m4 m4/glibc21.m4 m4/iconv.m4 m4/isc-posix.m4 m4/lcmessage.m4 m4/malloc.m4 m4/mbrtowc.m4 m4/mbstate_t.m4 m4/prereq.m4 m4/progtest.m4 m4/realloc.m4 m4/strerror_r.m4 m4/warning.m4
+	cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS)
+
+config.h: stamp-h1
+	@if test ! -f $@; then \
+	  rm -f stamp-h1; \
+	  $(MAKE) stamp-h1; \
+	else :; fi
+
+stamp-h1: $(srcdir)/config.hin $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	@rm -f stamp-h1
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status config.h
+
+$(srcdir)/config.hin:  $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)
+	touch $(srcdir)/config.hin
+
+distclean-hdr:
+	-rm -f config.h
+intl/Makefile: $(top_builddir)/config.status $(top_srcdir)/intl/Makefile.in
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@
+uninstall-info-am:
+
+# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
+# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
+#     (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
+$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
+	@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
+	dot_seen=no; \
+	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+	    dot_seen=yes; \
+	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
+	  else \
+	    local_target="$$target"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+	   || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+	done; \
+	if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
+	  $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
+	fi; test -z "$$fail"
+
+mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
+maintainer-clean-recursive:
+	@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
+	dot_seen=no; \
+	case "$@" in \
+	  distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+	  *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
+	esac; \
+	rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
+	    rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	rev="$$rev ."; \
+	target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	for subdir in $$rev; do \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
+	    local_target="$$target-am"; \
+	  else \
+	    local_target="$$target"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
+	   || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+	done && test -z "$$fail"
+tags-recursive:
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
+	done
+
+ETAGS = etags
+ETAGSFLAGS =
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	mkid -fID $$unique
+
+TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.hin $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	tags=; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.hin $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
+	  || $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	     $$tags $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
+
+distclean-tags:
+	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+top_distdir = .
+distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+
+am__remove_distdir = \
+  { test ! -d $(distdir) \
+    || { find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \
+         && rm -fr $(distdir); }; }
+
+GZIP_ENV = --best
+distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@if sed 15q $(srcdir)/NEWS | fgrep -e "$(VERSION)" >/dev/null; \
+	then :; else \
+	  echo "NEWS not updated; not releasing" 1>&2; \
+	  exit 1; \
+	fi
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+	mkdir $(distdir)
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(distdir)/intl $(distdir)/po $(distdir)/tests
+	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	  if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+	    dir="/$$dir"; \
+	    $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
+	  else \
+	    dir=''; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
+	    test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \
+	    || mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	    (cd $$subdir && \
+	      $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	        top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" \
+	        distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir \
+	        distdir) \
+	      || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+	-find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -777 -exec chmod a+rwx {} \; -o \
+	  ! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
+	  ! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
+	  ! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(SHELL) $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \
+	|| chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
+dist-gzip: distdir
+	$(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist-bzip2: distdir
+	$(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+dist dist-all: distdir
+	$(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
+	$(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+
+# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration.  Then
+# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
+# tarfile.
+distcheck: dist
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+	GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).tar.gz | $(AMTAR) xf -
+	chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir)
+	mkdir $(distdir)/=build
+	mkdir $(distdir)/=inst
+	chmod a-w $(distdir)
+	dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/=inst && pwd` \
+	  && cd $(distdir)/=build \
+	  && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix=$$dc_install_base \
+	    --with-included-gettext \
+	    $(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \
+	  && (test `find $$dc_install_base -type f -print | wc -l` -le 1 \
+	      || { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \
+	           find $$dc_install_base -type f -print ; \
+	           exit 1; } >&2 ) \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist-gzip \
+	  && rm -f $(distdir).tar.gz \
+	  && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck
+	$(am__remove_distdir)
+	@echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution" | \
+	  sed 'h;s/./=/g;p;x;p;x'
+distcleancheck: distclean
+	if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \
+	  echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \
+	  exit 1 ; \
+	fi
+	test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \
+	  || { echo "ERROR: files left after distclean:" ; \
+	       $(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \
+	       exit 1; } >&2
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-recursive
+all-am: Makefile config.h
+installdirs: installdirs-recursive
+installdirs-am:
+
+install: install-recursive
+install-exec: install-exec-recursive
+install-data: install-data-recursive
+uninstall: uninstall-recursive
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-recursive
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
+	-test -z "$(DISTCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(DISTCLEANFILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-recursive
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-recursive
+	-rm -f config.status config.cache config.log
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-recursive
+
+dvi-am:
+
+info: info-recursive
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-recursive
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
+
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
+
+uninstall-info: uninstall-info-recursive
+
+.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean \
+	clean-generic clean-recursive dist dist-all dist-bzip2 \
+	dist-gzip distcheck distclean distclean-generic distclean-hdr \
+	distclean-recursive distclean-tags distcleancheck distdir dvi \
+	dvi-am dvi-recursive info info-am info-recursive install \
+	install-am install-data install-data-am install-data-recursive \
+	install-exec install-exec-am install-exec-recursive \
+	install-info install-info-am install-info-recursive install-man \
+	install-recursive install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
+	installdirs installdirs-am installdirs-recursive \
+	maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
+	maintainer-clean-recursive mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
+	mostlyclean-recursive tags tags-recursive uninstall \
+	uninstall-am uninstall-info-am uninstall-info-recursive \
+	uninstall-recursive
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

Makefile.maint

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 # This Makefile fragment is shared between fileutils, sh-utils, textutils,
 # CPPI, Bison, and Autoconf.
 
-## Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+## Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 ##
 ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -43,237 +43,6 @@ release_archive_dir ?= ../release
 
 
 
-## --------------- ##
-## Sanity checks.  ##
-## --------------- ##
-
-# Checks that don't require cvs.
-# Run `changelog-check' last, as previous test may reveal problems requiring
-# new ChangeLog entries.
-local-check = \
-  po-check copyright-check writable-files m4-check author_mark_check \
-  changelog-check strftime-check header-check
-.PHONY: $(local-check)
-
-# Make sure C source files in src/ don't include xalloc.h directly,
-# since they all already include it via sys2.h.
-# It's not a big deal -- just aesthetics.
-header-check:
-	if test -f $(srcdir)/src/sys2.h; then				\
-	  if grep 'xalloc\.h' $(srcdir)/src/*.c; then			\
-	    exit 1;							\
-	  fi;								\
-	fi
-
-# Ensure that date's --help output stays in sync with the info
-# documentation for GNU strftime.  The only exception is %N,
-# which date accepts but GNU strftime does not.
-extract_char = sed 's/^[^%][^%]*%\(.\).*/\1/'
-strftime-check:
-	if test -f $(srcdir)/src/date.c; then				\
-	  grep '^  %.  ' $(srcdir)/src/date.c | sort			\
-	    | $(extract_char) > $@-src;					\
-	  { echo N;							\
-	    info libc date calendar format | grep '^    `%.'\'		\
-	      | $(extract_char); } | sort > $@-info;			\
-	  diff -u $@-src $@-info || exit 1;				\
-	  rm -f $@-src $@-info;						\
-	fi
-
-changelog-check:
-	if head ChangeLog | grep 'Version $(VERSION)' >/dev/null; then \
-	  :; \
-	else \
-	  echo "$(VERSION) not in ChangeLog" 1>&2; \
-	  exit 1; \
-	fi
-
-m4-check:
-	@grep 'AC_DEFUN([^[]' m4/*.m4 \
-	  && { echo 'Makefile.maint: quote the first arg to AC_DEFUN' 1>&2; \
-	       exit 1; } || :
-
-# Verify that all source files using _() are listed in po/POTFILES.in.
-po-check:
-	if test -f po/POTFILES.in; then \
-	  grep -E -v '^(#|$$)' po/POTFILES.in | sort > $@-1; \
-	  files=; \
-	  for file in lib/*.[chly] src/*.[chly]; do \
-	    case $$file in \
-	    *.[ch]) \
-	      base=`expr " $$file" : ' \(.*\)\..'`; \
-	      { test -f $$base.l || test -f $$base.y; } && continue;; \
-	    esac; \
-	    files="$$files $$file"; \
-	  done; \
-	  grep -E -l '\bN?_\([^)"]*("|$$)' $$files | sort > $@-2; \
-	  diff -u $@-1 $@-2 || exit 1; \
-	  rm -f $@-1 $@-2; \
-	fi
-
-# In a definition of #define AUTHORS "... and ..." where the RHS contains
-# the English word `and', the string must be marked with `N_ (...)' so that
-# gettext recognizes it as a string requiring translation.
-author_mark_check:
-	@grep '^# *define AUTHORS "[^"]* and ' src/*.c |grep -v ' N_ (' && \
-	  { echo 'Makefile.maint: enclose the above strings in N_ (...)' 1>&2; \
-	    exit 1; } || :
-
-# Check that `make alpha' will not fail at the end of the process.
-writable-files:
-	if test -d $(release_archive_dir); then :; else			\
-	  mkdir $(release_archive_dir);					\
-	fi
-	for file in $(distdir).tar.gz $(xd-delta)			\
-	            $(release_archive_dir)/$(distdir).tar.gz		\
-	            $(release_archive_dir)/$(xd-delta); do		\
-	  test -e $$file || continue;					\
-	  test -w $$file						\
-	    || { echo ERROR: $$file is not writable; fail=1; };		\
-	done;								\
-	test "$$fail" && exit 1 || :
-
-v_etc_file = lib/version-etc.c
-# Make sure that the copyright date in $(v_etc_file) is up to date.
-copyright-check:
-	@if test -f $(v_etc_file); then \
-	  grep '"Copyright (C) $(shell date +%Y) Free' $(v_etc_file) \
-	    >/dev/null \
-	  || { echo 'out of date copyright in $(v_etc_file); update it' 1>&2; \
-	       exit 1; }; \
-	fi
-
-
-# Sanity checks with the CVS repository.
-cvs-tag-check:
-	echo $(this-cvs-tag); \
-	if $(CVS) -n log -h README | grep -e $(this-cvs-tag): >/dev/null; then \
-	  echo "$(this-cvs-tag) as already been used; not tagging" 1>&2; \
-	  exit 1; \
-	else :; fi
-
-cvs-diff-check:
-	if $(CVS) diff >cvs-diffs; then			  	\
-	  rm cvs-diffs;					  	\
-	else						  	\
-	  echo "Some files are locally modified:" 1>&2;  	\
-	  cat cvs-diffs;					\
-	  exit 1;						\
-	fi
-
-cvs-check: cvs-diff-check cvs-tag-check
-
-maintainer-distcheck: changelog-check
-	$(MAKE) distcheck
-	$(MAKE) my-distcheck
-
-
-# Tag before making distribution.  Also, don't make a distribution if
-# checks fail.  Also, make sure the NEWS file is up-to-date.
-# FIXME: use dist-hook/my-dist like distcheck-hook/my-distcheck.
-cvs-dist: $(local-check) cvs-check maintainer-distcheck
-	$(CVS) update po
-	$(CVS) tag -c $(this-cvs-tag)
-	$(MAKE) dist
-
-# Use this to make sure we don't run these programs when building
-# from a virgin tgz file, below.
-null_AM_MAKEFLAGS = \
-  ACLOCAL=false \
-  AUTOCONF=false \
-  AUTOMAKE=false \
-  AUTOHEADER=false \
-  MAKEINFO=false
-
-# Detect format-string/arg-list mismatches that would normally be obscured
-# by the use of _().  The --disable-nls effectively defines away that macro,
-# and building with CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' causes any format warning to be
-# treated as a failure.
-t=./=test
-my-distcheck: $(local-check)
-	-rm -rf $(t)
-	mkdir $(t)
-	GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(AMTAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
-	cd $(t)/$(distdir) \
-	  && ./configure --disable-nls \
-	  && $(MAKE) CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' \
-	      AM_MAKEFLAGS='$(null_AM_MAKEFLAGS)' \
-	  && $(MAKE) dvi \
-	  && $(MAKE) check \
-	  && $(MAKE) distclean
-	cd $(t) && mv $(distdir) $(distdir).old \
-	  && $(AMTAR) -zxf ../$(distdir).tar.gz
-	diff -ur $(t)/$(distdir).old $(t)/$(distdir)
-	-rm -rf $(t)
-	@echo "========================"; \
-	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
-	echo "========================"
-
-tgz-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
-tgz-sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
-bz2-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/  -//')
-bz2-sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/  -//')
-xdelta-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(xd-delta)|sed 's/  -//')
-xdelta-sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(xd-delta)|sed 's/  -//')
-tgz-size = $(shell du --human $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/\([MkK]\).*/ \1B/')
-bz2-size = $(shell du --human $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/\([MkK]\).*/ \1B/')
-xd-size = $(shell du --human $(xd-delta)|sed 's/\([MkK]\).*/ \1B/')
-
-rel-check:
-	tarz=/tmp/rel-check-tarz-$$$$; \
-	md5_tmp=/tmp/rel-check-md5-$$$$; \
-	set -e; \
-	trap 'status=$$?; rm -f $$tarz $$md5_tmp; exit $$status' 0 1 2 3 15; \
-	wget -q --output-document=$$tarz $(url); \
-	echo "$(md5)  -" > $$md5_tmp; \
-	md5sum -c $$md5_tmp < $$tarz
-
-prev-tgz = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION).tar.gz
-xd-delta = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION)-$(VERSION).xdelta
-
-news-r1 = /^[^ ].*$(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)[]:]/
-news-r2 = /^[^ ].*$(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)[]:]/
-
-rel-files = $(xd-delta) $(distdir).tar.bz2 $(distdir).tar.gz
-announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(rel-files)
-	@( \
-	  echo Subject: $(my_distdir) released; \
-	  echo; \
-	  echo FIXME: put comments here; \
-	  echo; \
-	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
-	    echo "  $$url/$(my_distdir).tar.gz   ($(tgz-size))"; \
-	    echo "  $$url/$(my_distdir).tar.bz2  ($(bz2-size))"; \
-	  done; \
-	  echo; \
-	  echo And here are xdelta-style diffs; \
-	  echo; \
-	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
-	    echo "  $$url/$(xd-delta)   ($(xd-size))"; \
-	  done; \
-	  echo; \
-	  echo "Here are the MD5 and SHA1 signatures:"; \
-	  echo; \
-	  echo "$(tgz-md5)  $(my_distdir).tar.gz"; \
-	  echo "$(bz2-md5)  $(my_distdir).tar.bz2"; \
-	  echo "$(xdelta-md5)  $(xd-delta)"; \
-	  echo "$(tgz-sha1)  $(my_distdir).tar.gz"; \
-	  echo "$(bz2-sha1)  $(my_distdir).tar.bz2"; \
-	  echo "$(xdelta-sha1)  $(xd-delta)"; \
-	  echo; \
-	  echo NEWS:; \
-	  sed -n "$(news-r1),$(news-r2)p" NEWS \
-	    | grep -v '^\['; \
-	  echo; \
-	  echo ChangeLog entries:; \
-	  find . -name ChangeLog -maxdepth 2 \
-	    | xargs $(CVS) diff -up -r$(prev-cvs-tag) -rHEAD \
-	    | sed -n 's/^+//p' \
-	    | perl -ne 'm!^\+\+ (\./)?! or print,next;' \
-	      -e 'print "\n"."*"x70 ."\n"; s///; print; print "*"x70 ."\n"'; \
-	)
-
-
 ## ---------------- ##
 ## Updating files.  ##
 ## ---------------- ##
@@ -284,16 +53,6 @@ ftp-gnu = ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu
 # Use mv, if you don't have/want move-if-change.
 move_if_change ?= move-if-change
 
-
-# --------------------- #
-# Updating everything.  #
-# --------------------- #
-
-.PHONY: update
-local_updates ?= wget-update cvs-update po-update
-update: $(local_updates)
-
-
 # ------------------- #
 # Updating PO files.  #
 # ------------------- #
@@ -321,11 +80,10 @@ po-update:
 # The following pseudo table associates a local directory and a URL
 # with each of the files that belongs to some other package and is
 # regularly updated from the specified URL.
-wget_files ?= $(srcdir)/config/config.guess \
-              $(srcdir)/config/config.sub \
+wget_files ?= $(srcdir)/config.guess $(srcdir)/config.sub \
               $(srcdir)/src/ansi2knr.c \
-	      $(srcdir)/config/texinfo.tex
-get-targets = $(patsubst %, get-%, $(wget_files))
+	      $(srcdir)/doc/texinfo.tex
+wget-targets = $(patsubst %, get-%, $(wget_files))
 
 config.guess-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/config/
 config.sub-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/config/
@@ -340,31 +98,235 @@ make-stds.texi-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/GNUinfo/
 target = $(patsubst get-%, %, $@)
 url = $($(notdir $(target))-url_prefix)$(notdir $(target))
 
-.PHONY: $(get-targets)
-$(get-targets):
+.PHONY: $(wget-targets)
+$(wget-targets):
 	$(WGET) $(url) -O $(target).t \
 	  && $(move_if_change) $(target).t $(target)
 
-cvs_files ?= $(srcdir)/config/depcomp $(srcdir)/config/missing $(srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs \
-             $(srcdir)/config/install-sh $(srcdir)/src/ansi2knr.c
-automake_repo=:pserver:anoncvs:[email protected]:/cvs/automake
 .PHONY: wget-update
-wget-update: $(get-targets)
+wget-update: $(wget-targets)
+
+
+# Updating tools via CVS.
+cvs_files ?= depcomp missing
+cvs-targets = $(patsubst %, get-%, $(cvs_files))
+
+automake_repo = :pserver:[email protected]:/cvs/automake
+.PHONY: $(cvs-targets)
+$(cvs-targets):
+	$(CVS) -d $(automake_repo) co -p automake/lib/$(notdir $(target)) \
+	  >$(target).t \
+	    && $(move_if_change) $(target).t $(target);
 
 .PHONY: cvs-update
-cvs-update:
-	for f in $(cvs_files); do				      \
-	  test -f $$f || { echo "*** skipping $$f" 1>&2; continue; }; \
-	  file=`basename $$f`;					      \
-	  echo checking out $$file...;				      \
-	  $(CVS) -d $(automake_repo) co -p automake/lib/$$file> $$f.t \
-	    && $(move_if_change) $$f.t $$f;			      \
-	done
+cvs-update: $(cvs-targets)
 
-define emit-upload-commands
+
+# --------------------- #
+# Updating everything.  #
+# --------------------- #
+
+.PHONY: update
+update: wget-update cvs-update po-update
+
+
+
+## --------------- ##
+## Sanity checks.  ##
+## --------------- ##
+
+# Checks that don't require cvs.  Run `changelog-check' last as
+# previous test may reveal problems requiring new ChangeLog entries.
+local-check: po-check copyright-check writable-files changelog-check
+
+changelog-check:
+	if head ChangeLog | grep 'Version $(VERSION)' >/dev/null; then \
+	  :; \
+	else \
+	  echo "$(VERSION) not in ChangeLog" 1>&2; \
+	  exit 1; \
+	fi
+
+# Verify that all source files using _() are listed in po/POTFILES.in.
+po-check:
+	if test -f po/POTFILES.in; then \
+	  grep -E -v '^(#|$$)' po/POTFILES.in | sort > $@-1; \
+	  grep -E -l '\b_\(' lib/*.c src/*.c | sort > $@-2; \
+	  diff -u $@-1 $@-2 || exit 1; \
+	  rm -f $@-1 $@-2; \
+	fi
+
+# Check that `make alpha' will not fail at the end of the process.
+writable-files:
+	if test -d $(release_archive_dir); then :; else			\
+	  mkdir $(release_archive_dir);					\
+	fi
+	for file in $(distdir).tar.gz $(xd-delta)			\
+	            $(release_archive_dir)/$(distdir).tar.gz		\
+	            $(release_archive_dir)/$(xd-delta); do		\
+	  test -e $$file || continue;					\
+	  test -w $$file						\
+	    || { echo ERROR: $$file is not writable; fail=1; };		\
+	done;								\
+	test "$$fail" && exit 1 || :
+
+# Make sure that the copyright date in lib/version-etc.c is up to date.
+copyright-check:
+	@if test -f lib/version-etc.c; then \
+	  grep 'N_("Copyright (C) $(shell date +%Y) Free' lib/version-etc.c \
+	    >/dev/null \
+	  || { echo 'out of date copyright in $<; update it' 1>&2; exit 1; }; \
+	fi
+
+
+# Sanity checks with the CVS repository.
+cvs-tag-check:
+	echo $(this-cvs-tag); \
+	if $(CVS) -n log -h README | grep -e $(this-cvs-tag): >/dev/null; then \
+	  echo "$(this-cvs-tag) as already been used; not tagging" 1>&2; \
+	  exit 1; \
+	else :; fi
+
+cvs-diff-check:
+	if $(CVS) diff >cvs-diffs; then			  	\
+	  rm cvs-diffs;					  	\
+	else						  	\
+	  echo "Some files are locally modified:" 1>&2;  	\
+	  cat cvs-diffs;					\
+	  exit 1;						\
+	fi
+
+cvs-check: cvs-diff-check cvs-tag-check
+
+maintainer-distcheck: changelog-check
+	$(MAKE) distcheck
+	$(MAKE) my-distcheck
+
+
+
+## -------------- ##
+## Making dists.  ##
+## -------------- ##
+
+
+# Tag before making distribution.  Also, don't make a distribution if
+# checks fail.  Also, make sure the NEWS file is up-to-date.
+# FIXME: use dist-hook/my-dist like distcheck-hook/my-distcheck.
+cvs-dist: local-check cvs-check maintainer-distcheck
+	$(CVS) update po
+	$(CVS) tag -c $(this-cvs-tag)
+	$(MAKE) dist
+
+# Use this to make sure we don't run these programs when building
+# from a virgin tgz file, below.
+null_AM_MAKEFLAGS = \
+  ACLOCAL=false \
+  AUTOCONF=false \
+  AUTOM4TE=false \
+  AUTOMAKE=false \
+  AUTOHEADER=false \
+  MAKEINFO=false
+
+# Detect format-string/arg-list mismatches that would normally be obscured
+# by the use of _().  The --disable-nls effectively defines away that macro,
+# and building with CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' causes any format warning to be
+# treated as a failure.
+t=./=test
+my-distcheck: writable-files po-check
+	-rm -rf $(t)
+	mkdir $(t)
+	GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(AMTAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
+	cd $(t)/$(distdir) \
+	  && ./configure --disable-nls \
+	  && $(MAKE) CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' \
+	      AM_MAKEFLAGS='$(null_AM_MAKEFLAGS)' \
+	  && $(MAKE) dvi \
+	  && $(MAKE) check \
+	  && $(MAKE) distclean
+	cd $(t) && mv $(distdir) $(distdir).old \
+	  && $(AMTAR) -zxf ../$(distdir).tar.gz
+	diff -ur $(t)/$(distdir).old $(t)/$(distdir)
+	-rm -rf $(t)
+	@echo "========================"; \
+	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
+	echo "========================"
+
+# This must be the same name on both hosts.
+# Make it a symlink that points to the right place.
+real_dir = fetish-ftp
+
+url_dir_list = $(foreach x,$(hosts),ftp://$($(x)_host)/$($(x)_url_dir))
+
+tgz-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+tgz-sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+bz2-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/  -//')
+bz2-sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/  -//')
+tgz-size = $(shell du --human $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/\([Mk]\).*/ \1B/')
+bz2-size = $(shell du --human $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/\([Mk]\).*/ \1B/')
+xd-size = $(shell du --human $(xd-delta)|sed 's/\([Mk]\).*/ \1B/')
+
+rel-check:
+	tarz=/tmp/rel-check-tarz-$$$$; \
+	md5_tmp=/tmp/rel-check-md5-$$$$; \
+	set -e; \
+	trap 'status=$$?; rm -f $$tarz $$md5_tmp; exit $$status' 0 1 2 3 15; \
+	$(WGET) -q --output-document=$$tarz $(url); \
+	echo "$(md5)  -" > $$md5_tmp; \
+	md5sum -c $$md5_tmp < $$tarz
+
+prev-tgz = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION).tar.gz
+xd-delta = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION)-$(VERSION).xdelta
+
+GZIP = gzip
+BZIP2 = bzip2
+$(my_distdir).tar.bz2: $(my_distdir).tar.gz
+	$(GZIP) -dc $< > $(my_distdir).tar
+	rm -f $@
+	$(BZIP2) -9 $(my_distdir).tar
+
+rel-files = $(xd-delta) $(distdir).tar.bz2 $(distdir).tar.gz
+announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(rel-files)
+	@( \
+	  echo Subject: $(my_distdir) released; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo FIXME: put comments here; \
+	  echo; \
+	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(my_distdir).tar.gz   ($(tgz-size))"; \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(my_distdir).tar.bz2  ($(bz2-size))"; \
+	  done; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo And here are xdelta-style diffs; \
+	  echo; \
+	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(xd-delta)   ($(xd-size))"; \
+	  done; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo "Here are the MD5 and SHA1 signatures for the compressed tar files:"; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo "$(tgz-md5)  $(my_distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  echo "$(bz2-md5)  $(my_distdir).tar.bz2"; \
+	  echo "$(tgz-sha1)  $(my_distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  echo "$(bz2-sha1)  $(my_distdir).tar.bz2"; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo NEWS:; \
+	  sed -n "/$(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)[]:]/,/$(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)[]:]/p" NEWS \
+	    | grep -v '^\['; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo ChangeLog entries:; \
+	  find . -name ChangeLog -maxdepth 2 \
+	    | xargs $(CVS) diff -up -r$(prev-cvs-tag) -rHEAD \
+	    | sed -n 's/^+//p' \
+	    | perl -ne 'm!^\+\+ (\./)?! or print,next;' \
+	      -e 'print "\n"."*"x70 ."\n"; s///; print; print "*"x70 ."\n"'; \
+	)
+
+define emit-rsync-commands
 	echo =====================================
 	echo =====================================
-	echo upload $(PACKAGE) $(PREV_VERSION) $(VERSION)
+	echo 'for host in $(a_host) $(b_host); do \'
+	echo '  rsync -e ssh --pro -av $(xd-delta) $(my_distdir).tar.bz2 \'
+	echo '    $(my_distdir).tar.gz $$host:$(real_dir); done'
 	echo '# send the /tmp/announcement e-mail'
 	echo =====================================
 	echo =====================================
@@ -373,7 +335,7 @@ endef
 $(xd-delta): $(release_archive_dir)/$(prev-tgz) $(distdir).tar.gz
 	xdelta delta -9 $^ $@ || :
 
-alpha: $(local-check)
+alpha:
 	$(MAKE) cvs-dist
 	$(MAKE) $(xd-delta)
 	$(MAKE) -s announcement > /tmp/announce-$(my_distdir)
@@ -381,4 +343,4 @@ alpha: $(local-check)
 	chmod a-w $(rel-files)
 	echo $(VERSION) > $(prev_version_file)
 	$(CVS) ci -m. $(prev_version_file)
-	@$(emit-upload-commands)
+	@$(emit-rsync-commands)

NEWS

@@ -1,304 +1,14 @@
 Bison News
 ----------
 
-Changes in version 1.875, 2003-01-01:
-
-* The documentation license has been upgraded to version 1.2
-  of the GNU Free Documentation License.
-
-* syntax error processing
-
-  - In Yacc-style parsers YYLLOC_DEFAULT is now used to compute error
-    locations too.  This fixes bugs in error-location computation.
-
-  - %destructor
-    It is now possible to reclaim the memory associated to symbols
-    discarded during error recovery.  This feature is still experimental.
-
-  - %error-verbose
-    This new directive is preferred over YYERROR_VERBOSE.
-
-  - #defining yyerror to steal internal variables is discouraged.
-    It is not guaranteed to work forever.
-
-* POSIX conformance
-
-  - Semicolons are once again optional at the end of grammar rules.
-    This reverts to the behavior of Bison 1.33 and earlier, and improves
-    compatibility with Yacc.
-
-  - `parse error' -> `syntax error'
-    Bison now uniformly uses the term `syntax error'; formerly, the code
-    and manual sometimes used the term `parse error' instead.  POSIX
-    requires `syntax error' in diagnostics, and it was thought better to
-    be consistent.
-
-  - The documentation now emphasizes that yylex and yyerror must be
-    declared before use.  C99 requires this.
-
-  - Bison now parses C99 lexical constructs like UCNs and
-    backslash-newline within C escape sequences, as POSIX 1003.1-2001 requires.
-
-  - File names are properly escaped in C output.  E.g., foo\bar.y is
-    output as "foo\\bar.y".
-
-  - Yacc command and library now available
-    The Bison distribution now installs a `yacc' command, as POSIX requires.
-    Also, Bison now installs a small library liby.a containing
-    implementations of Yacc-compatible yyerror and main functions.
-    This library is normally not useful, but POSIX requires it.
-
-  - Type clashes now generate warnings, not errors.
-
-  - If the user does not define YYSTYPE as a macro, Bison now declares it
-    using typedef instead of defining it as a macro.
-    For consistency, YYLTYPE is also declared instead of defined.
-
-* Other compatibility issues
-
-  - %union directives can now have a tag before the `{', e.g., the
-    directive `%union foo {...}' now generates the C code
-    `typedef union foo { ... } YYSTYPE;'; this is for Yacc compatibility.
-    The default union tag is `YYSTYPE', for compatibility with Solaris 9 Yacc.
-    For consistency, YYLTYPE's struct tag is now `YYLTYPE' not `yyltype'.
-    This is for compatibility with both Yacc and Bison 1.35.
-
-  - `;' is output before the terminating `}' of an action, for
-    compatibility with Bison 1.35.
-
-  - Bison now uses a Yacc-style format for conflict reports, e.g.,
-    `conflicts: 2 shift/reduce, 1 reduce/reduce'.
-
-  - `yystype' and `yyltype' are now obsolescent macros instead of being
-    typedefs or tags; they are no longer documented and are planned to be
-    withdrawn in a future release.
-
-* GLR parser notes
-
-  - GLR and inline
-    Users of Bison have to decide how they handle the portability of the
-    C keyword `inline'.
-
-  - `parsing stack overflow...' -> `parser stack overflow'
-    GLR parsers now report `parser stack overflow' as per the Bison manual.
-
-* Bison now warns if it detects conflicting outputs to the same file,
-  e.g., it generates a warning for `bison -d -o foo.h foo.y' since
-  that command outputs both code and header to foo.h.
-
-* #line in output files
-  - --no-line works properly.
-
-* Bison can no longer be built by a K&R C compiler; it requires C89 or
-  later to be built.  This change originally took place a few versions
-  ago, but nobody noticed until we recently asked someone to try
-  building Bison with a K&R C compiler.
-
-Changes in version 1.75, 2002-10-14:
-
-* Bison should now work on 64-bit hosts.
-
-* Indonesian translation thanks to Tedi Heriyanto.
-
-* GLR parsers
-  Fix spurious parse errors.
-
-* Pure parsers
-  Some people redefine yyerror to steal yyparse' private variables.
-  Reenable this trick until an official feature replaces it.
-
-* Type Clashes
-  In agreement with POSIX and with other Yaccs, leaving a default
-  action is valid when $$ is untyped, and $1 typed:
-
-	untyped: ... typed;
-
-  but the converse remains an error:
-
-	typed: ... untyped;
-
-* Values of mid-rule actions
-  The following code:
-
-	foo: { ... } { $$ = $1; } ...
-
-  was incorrectly rejected: $1 is defined in the second mid-rule
-  action, and is equal to the $$ of the first mid-rule action.
-
-Changes in version 1.50, 2002-10-04:
-
-* GLR parsing
-  The declaration
-     %glr-parser
-  causes Bison to produce a Generalized LR (GLR) parser, capable of handling
-  almost any context-free grammar, ambiguous or not.  The new declarations
-  %dprec and %merge on grammar rules allow parse-time resolution of
-  ambiguities.  Contributed by Paul Hilfinger.
-
-  Unfortunately Bison 1.50 does not work properly on 64-bit hosts
-  like the Alpha, so please stick to 32-bit hosts for now.
-
-* Output Directory
-  When not in Yacc compatibility mode, when the output file was not
-  specified, running `bison foo/bar.y' created `foo/bar.c'.  It
-  now creates `bar.c'.
-
-* Undefined token
-  The undefined token was systematically mapped to 2 which prevented
-  the use of 2 by the user.  This is no longer the case.
-
-* Unknown token numbers
-  If yylex returned an out of range value, yyparse could die.  This is
-  no longer the case.
-
-* Error token
-  According to POSIX, the error token must be 256.
-  Bison extends this requirement by making it a preference: *if* the
-  user specified that one of her tokens is numbered 256, then error
-  will be mapped onto another number.
-
-* Verbose error messages
-  They no longer report `..., expecting error or...' for states where
-  error recovery is possible.
-
-* End token
-  Defaults to `$end' instead of `$'.
-
-* Error recovery now conforms to documentation and to POSIX
-  When a Bison-generated parser encounters a syntax error, it now pops
-  the stack until it finds a state that allows shifting the error
-  token.  Formerly, it popped the stack until it found a state that
-  allowed some non-error action other than a default reduction on the
-  error token.  The new behavior has long been the documented behavior,
-  and has long been required by POSIX.  For more details, please see
-  <http://mail.gnu.org/pipermail/bug-bison/2002-May/001452.html>.
-
-* Traces
-  Popped tokens and nonterminals are now reported.
-
-* Larger grammars
-  Larger grammars are now supported (larger token numbers, larger grammar
-  size (= sum of the LHS and RHS lengths), larger LALR tables).
-  Formerly, many of these numbers ran afoul of 16-bit limits;
-  now these limits are 32 bits on most hosts.
-
-* Explicit initial rule
-  Bison used to play hacks with the initial rule, which the user does
-  not write.  It is now explicit, and visible in the reports and
-  graphs as rule 0.
-
-* Useless rules
-  Before, Bison reported the useless rules, but, although not used,
-  included them in the parsers.  They are now actually removed.
-
-* Useless rules, useless nonterminals
-  They are now reported, as a warning, with their locations.
-
-* Rules never reduced
-  Rules that can never be reduced because of conflicts are now
-  reported.
-
-* Incorrect `Token not used'
-  On a grammar such as
-
-           %token useless useful
-           %%
-           exp: '0' %prec useful;
-
-  where a token was used to set the precedence of the last rule,
-  bison reported both `useful' and `useless' as useless tokens.
-
-* Revert the C++ namespace changes introduced in 1.31
-  as they caused too many portability hassles.
-
-* Default locations
-  By an accident of design, the default computation of @$ was
-  performed after another default computation was performed: @$ = @1.
-  The latter is now removed: YYLLOC_DEFAULT is fully responsible of
-  the computation of @$.
-
-* Token end-of-file
-  The token end of file may be specified by the user, in which case,
-  the user symbol is used in the reports, the graphs, and the verbose
-  error messages instead of `$end', which remains being the default.
-  For instance
-     %token MYEOF 0
-  or
-     %token MYEOF 0 "end of file"
-
-* Semantic parser
-  This old option, which has been broken for ages, is removed.
-
-* New translations
-  Brazilian Portuguese, thanks to Alexandre Folle de Menezes.
-  Croatian, thanks to Denis Lackovic.
-
-* Incorrect token definitions
-  When given `%token 'a' "A"', Bison used to output `#define 'a' 65'.
-
-* Token definitions as enums
-  Tokens are output both as the traditional #define's, and, provided
-  the compiler supports ANSI C or is a C++ compiler, as enums.
-  This lets debuggers display names instead of integers.
-
-* Reports
-  In addition to --verbose, bison supports --report=THINGS, which
-  produces additional information:
-  - itemset
-    complete the core item sets with their closure
-  - lookahead
-    explicitly associate lookaheads to items
-  - solved
-    describe shift/reduce conflicts solving.
-    Bison used to systematically output this information on top of
-    the report.  Solved conflicts are now attached to their states.
-
-* Type clashes
-  Previous versions don't complain when there is a type clash on
-  the default action if the rule has a mid-rule action, such as in:
-
-      %type <foo> bar
-      %%
-      bar: '0' {} '0';
-
-  This is fixed.
-
-* GNU M4 is now required when using Bison.
-
-Changes in version 1.35, 2002-03-25:
-
-* C Skeleton
-  Some projects use Bison's C parser with C++ compilers, and define
-  YYSTYPE as a class.  The recent adjustment of C parsers for data
-  alignment and 64 bit architectures made this impossible.
-
-  Because for the time being no real solution for C++ parser
-  generation exists, kludges were implemented in the parser to
-  maintain this use.  In the future, when Bison has C++ parsers, this
-  kludge will be disabled.
-
-  This kludge also addresses some C++ problems when the stack was
-  extended.
-
-Changes in version 1.34, 2002-03-12:
-
-* File name clashes are detected
-  $ bison foo.y -d -o foo.x
-  fatal error: header and parser would both be named `foo.x'
-
-* A missing `;' at the end of a rule triggers a warning
-  In accordance with POSIX, and in agreement with other
-  Yacc implementations, Bison will mandate this semicolon in the near
-  future.  This eases the implementation of a Bison parser of Bison
-  grammars by making this grammar LALR(1) instead of LR(2).  To
-  facilitate the transition, this release introduces a warning.
+Changes in version 1.33a:
 
 * Revert the C++ namespace changes introduced in 1.31, as they caused too
   many portability hassles.
 
 * DJGPP support added.
 
-* Fix test suite portability problems.
+* Fix portability problems within the test suite.
 
 Changes in version 1.33, 2002-02-07:
 
@@ -404,8 +114,8 @@ Changes in version 1.31, 2002-01-14:
 
 Changes in version 1.30, 2001-10-26:
 
-* `--defines' and `--graph' have now an optional argument which is the
-  output file name. `-d' and `-g' do not change; they do not take any
+* `--defines' and `--graph' have now an optionnal argument which is the
+  output file name. `-d' and `-g' do not change, they do not take any
   argument.
 
 * `%source_extension' and `%header_extension' are removed, failed
@@ -525,25 +235,3 @@ Output file does not redefine const for C++.
 Local Variables:
 mode: outline
 End:
-
------
-
-Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
-
-Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with autoconf; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

README-alpha

@@ -15,24 +15,3 @@ not ready for full scale use.  Because it is not fully functional, if
 you distribute this package, we will be buried under bug reports from
 panicked users.  We don't have time to spend on this, and nor do the
 users.
-
------
-
-Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of GNU Bison.
-
-GNU Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-GNU Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

README-cvs

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
--*- outline -*-
-
-These notes intend to help people working on the CVS versions of
-Bison.
-
-* Requirements
-
-Only the sources are installed in the CVS repository (to ease the
-maintenance, merges etc.), therefore you will have to the maintainer
-tools we depend upon:
-
-- Automake 1.7
-
-- Autoconf 2.54
-
-- Gettext 0.11.5
-
-Only building the initial full source tree will be a bit painful,
-later, a plain `cvs update -P & make' should be sufficient.
-
-* First CVS checkout
-
-Obviously, if you are reading these notes, you did manage to check out
-Bison from CVS.  For the records, you will find all the relevant
-information on:
-
-	http://savannah.gnu.org/cvs/?group_id=56
-
-The next step is asking the installation of all the missing files:
-
-	$ ./bootstrap
-
-And there you are!  Just
-
-	$ ./configure && make && make check
-
-At this point, there should be no difference between your local copy,
-and the CVS master copy:
-
-	$ cvs diff
-
-should output no difference, except maybe the date in po/*.po files.
-
-Enjoy!
-
-* Troubleshooting
-
-Unfortunately the current Gettext still does not include all the
-needed tools so that the bootstrapping always perform successfully.
-
-If you experience problems, I suggest the following:
-
-1. Do a regular CVS checkout
-
-2. Fetch a recent tarball in:
-   http://www.lrde.epita.fr/~akim/download/
-
-3. Extract it
-
-4. Override the content of your checkout with the content of this
-   tarball, i.e.:
-   cp -r bison-1.49b/* bison-cvs
-
-5. Proceed on ./configure && make etc.
-
------
-
-Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of GNU Bison.
-
-GNU Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-GNU Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

THANKS

@@ -1,68 +1,47 @@
 Bison was originally written by Robert Corbett.  It would not be what
 it is today without the invaluable help of these people:
 
-Airy Andre                [email protected]
-Akim Demaille             [email protected]
-Albert Chin-A-Young       [email protected]
-Alexander Belopolsky      [email protected]
-Andreas Schwab            [email protected]
-Arnold Robbins            [email protected]
-Art Haas                  ahaas@neosoft.com
-Benoit Perrot             [email protected]
-Bert Deknuydt             [email protected]
-Bruce Lilly               [email protected]
-Charles-Henri de Boysson  [email protected]
-Cris Bailiff              [email protected]
-Cris van Pelt             [email protected]l
-Daniel Hagerty            [email protected]
-David J. MacKenzie        [email protected]
-Dick Streefland           dick.streefland@altium.nl
-Enrico Scholz             [email protected]e
-Evgeny Stambulchik        [email protected]
-Fabrice Bauzac            [email protected]
-Florian Krohm             [email protected]
-H. Merijn Brand           [email protected]
-Hans Aberg                [email protected]
-Jan Nieuwenhuizen         [email protected]
-Jesse Thilo               [email protected]
-Jim Kent                  [email protected].com
-Jim Meyering              jim@meyering.net
-Juan Manuel Guerrero      [email protected]
-Kees Zeelenberg           [email protected]
-Keith Browne              [email protected]
-Laurent Mascherpa         [email protected]
-Magnus Fromreide          [email protected]
-Marc Autret               [email protected]
-Martin Mokrejs            [email protected]
-Matt Kraai                [email protected]
-Matt Rosing               [email protected]
-Michael Hayes             [email protected]
-Mike Castle               [email protected]
-Neil Booth                [email protected]
-Nelson H. F. Beebe        [email protected]
-Nicolas Burrus            [email protected]
-Nicolas Tisserand         nicolas.tisserand@epita.fr
-Noah Friedman             [email protected]
-Pascal Bart               [email protected]
-Paul Eggert               [email protected]
-Paul Hilfinger            [email protected]
-Per Allansson             [email protected]
-Peter Hámorský            [email protected]
-Piotr Gackiewicz          [email protected]
-Quoc Peyrot               [email protected]
-R Blake                   [email protected]
-Raja R Harinath           [email protected]
-Richard Stallman          [email protected]
-Robert Anisko             [email protected]
-Shura                     [email protected]
-Tim Josling               [email protected]
-Tim Van Holder            [email protected]
-Tom Lane                  [email protected]
-Tom Tromey                [email protected]
-Wayne Green               [email protected]
-Wolfram Wagner            [email protected]
-Wwp                       [email protected]
-Zack Weinberg             [email protected]
+Airy Andre              [email protected]
+Akim Demaille           [email protected]
+Albert Chin-A-Young     [email protected]
+Alexander Belopolsky    [email protected]
+Andreas Schwab          [email protected]
+Arnold Robbins		[email protected]
+Bruce Lilly             blilly@erols.com
+Cris van Pelt           [email protected]
+Daniel Hagerty          [email protected]
+David J. MacKenzie      [email protected]
+Dick Streefland		[email protected]
+Enrico Scholz           [email protected]
+Evgeny Stambulchik	[email protected]l
+Fabrice Bauzac          [email protected]
+Florian Krohm           [email protected]
+H. Merijn Brand         h.m.brand@hccnet.nl
+Hans Aberg              [email protected]e
+Jesse Thilo             [email protected]
+Jim Meyering            [email protected]
+Juan Manuel Guerrero    [email protected]
+Kees Zeelenberg         [email protected]
+Keith Browne            [email protected]
+Laurent Mascherpa       [email protected]
+Marc Autret             [email protected]
+Mike Castle             [email protected].com
+Neil Booth              NeilB@earthling.net
+Nelson H. F. Beebe      [email protected]
+Noah Friedman           [email protected]
+Pascal Bart             [email protected]
+Paul Eggert             [email protected]
+Per Allansson           [email protected]
+Peter Hámorský          [email protected]
+Piotr Gackiewicz        [email protected]
+Richard Stallman        [email protected]
+Robert Anisko           [email protected]
+Shura                   [email protected]
+Tom Lane                [email protected]
+Tom Tromey              [email protected]
+Wayne Green             [email protected]
+Wolfram Wagner          [email protected]
+Wwp                     subscript@free.fr
 
 Many people are not named here because we lost track of them.  We
 thank them!  Please, help us keeping this list up to date.

TODO

@@ -1,344 +0,0 @@
--*- outline -*-
-
-* Header guards
-
-From Franc,ois: should we keep the directory part in the CPP guard?
-
-
-* Yacc.c: CPP Macros
-
-Do some people use YYPURE, YYLSP_NEEDED like we do in the test suite?
-They should not: it is not documented.  But if they need to, let's
-find something clean (not like YYLSP_NEEDED...).
-
-
-* URGENT: Documenting C++ output
-Write a first documentation for C++ output.
-
-
-* Documentation
-Before releasing, make sure the documentation ("Understanding your
-parser") refers to the current `output' format.
-
-
-* GLR & C++
-Currently, the GLR parser cannot compile with a C++ compiler.
-
-
-* Report
-
-**  GLR
-How would Paul like to display the conflicted actions?  In particular,
-what when two reductions are possible on a given lookahead, but one is
-part of $default.  Should we make the two reductions explicit, or just
-keep $default?  See the following point.
-
-** Disabled Reductions
-See `tests/conflicts.at (Defaulted Conflicted Reduction)', and decide
-what we want to do.
-
-** Documentation
-Extend with error productions.  The hard part will probably be finding
-the right rule so that a single state does not exhibit too many yet
-undocumented ``features''.  Maybe an empty action ought to be
-presented too.  Shall we try to make a single grammar with all these
-features, or should we have several very small grammars?
-
-** --report=conflict-path
-Provide better assistance for understanding the conflicts by providing
-a sample text exhibiting the (LALR) ambiguity.  See the paper from
-DeRemer and Penello: they already provide the algorithm.
-
-
-* Extensions
-
-** %destructor
-I think we should document it as experimental, and allow its use in
-the next releases.  But we also need to port it to GLR.  What about
-lalr1.cc?  Well, read what Hans reported, maybe we don't want
-%detructor.  On the other hand, there is no reason not to provide it:
-users can avoid its use.
-
-** $foo
-Have a look at the Lemon parser generator: instead of $1, $2 etc. they
-can name the values.  This is much more pleasant.  For instance:
-
-       exp (res): exp (a) '+' exp (b) { $res = $a + $b; };
-
-I love this.  I have been bitten too often by the removal of the
-symbol, and forgetting to shift all the $n to $n-1.  If you are
-unlucky, it compiles...
-
-** $-1
-We should find a means to provide an access to values deep in the
-stack.  For instance, instead of
-
-	baz: qux { $$ = $<foo>-1 + $<bar>0 + $1; }
-
-we should be able to have:
-
-  foo($foo) bar($bar) baz($bar): qux($qux) { $baz = $foo + $bar + $qux; }
-
-Or something like this.
-
-
-** yysymprint interface
-It should be improved, in particular when using Bison features such as
-locations, and YYPARSE_PARAMS.  For the time being, it is almost
-recommended to yyprint to steal internal variables...
-
-** Several %unions
-I think this is a pleasant (but useless currently) feature, but in the
-future, I want a means to %include other bits of grammars, and _then_
-it will be important for the various bits to define their needs in
-%union.
-
-When implementing multiple-%union support, bare the following in mind:
-
-- when --yacc, this must be flagged as an error.  Don't make it fatal
-  though.
-
-- The #line must now appear *inside* the definition of yystype.
-  Something like
-
-	{
-	#line 12 "foo.y"
-	  int ival;
-	#line 23 "foo.y"
-	  char *sval;
-	}
-
-** %if and the like
-It should be possible to have %if/%else/%endif.  The implementation is
-not clear: should it be lexical or syntactic.  Vadim Maslow thinks it
-must be in the scanner: we must not parse what is in a switched off
-part of %if.  Akim Demaille thinks it should be in the parser, so as
-to avoid falling into another CPP mistake.
-
-** -D, --define-muscle NAME=VALUE
-To define muscles via cli.  Or maybe support directly NAME=VALUE?
-
-
-* Unit rules
-Maybe we could expand unit rules, i.e., transform
-
-	exp: arith | bool;
-	arith: exp '+' exp;
-	bool: exp '&' exp;
-
-into
-
-	exp: exp '+' exp | exp '&' exp;
-
-when there are no actions.  This can significantly speed up some
-grammars.  I can't find the papers.  In particular the book `LR
-parsing: Theory and Practice' is impossible to find, but according to
-`Parsing Techniques: a Practical Guide', it includes information about
-this issue.  Does anybody have it?
-
-
-
-* Documentation
-
-** History/Bibliography
-Some history of Bison and some bibliography would be most welcome.
-Are there any Texinfo standards for bibliography?
-
-
-
-* Java, Fortran, etc.
-
-
-** Java
-
-There are a couple of proposed outputs:
-
-- BYACC/J
-  which is based on Byacc.
-  <http://troi.lincom-asg.com/~rjamison/byacc/>
-
-- Bison Java
-  which is based on Bison.
-  <http://www.goice.co.jp/member/mo/hack-progs/bison-java.html>
-
-Sébastien Serrurier ([email protected]) is working on this: he is
-expected to contact the authors, design the output, and implement it
-into Bison.
-
-
-* Coding system independence
-Paul notes:
-
-	Currently Bison assumes 8-bit bytes (i.e. that UCHAR_MAX is
-	255).  It also assumes that the 8-bit character encoding is
-	the same for the invocation of 'bison' as it is for the
-	invocation of 'cc', but this is not necessarily true when
-	people run bison on an ASCII host and then use cc on an EBCDIC
-	host.  I don't think these topics are worth our time
-	addressing (unless we find a gung-ho volunteer for EBCDIC or
-	PDP-10 ports :-) but they should probably be documented
-	somewhere.
-
-
-
-* --graph
-Show reductions.	[]
-
-* Broken options ?
-** %no-parser		[]
-** %token-table		[]
-** Skeleton strategy.	[]
-Must we keep %no-parser?
-	     %token-table?
-
-* src/print_graph.c
-Find the best graph parameters.	[]
-
-* doc/bison.texinfo
-** Update
-informations about ERROR_VERBOSE.	[]
-** Add explanations about
-skeleton muscles.	[]
-%skeleton.		[]
-
-* testsuite
-** tests/pure-parser.at	[]
-New tests.
-
-* BTYacc
-See if we can integrate backtracking in Bison.  Charles-Henri de
-Boysson <[email protected]> is working on this, and already has some
-results.  Vadim Maslow, the maintainer of BTYacc was contacted, and we
-stay in touch with him.  Adjusting the Bison grammar parser will be
-needed to support some extra BTYacc features.  This is less urgent.
-
-** Keeping the conflicted actions
-First, analyze the differences between byacc and btyacc (I'm referring
-to the executables).  Find where the conflicts are preserved.
-
-** Compare with the GLR tables
-See how isomorphic the way BTYacc and the way the GLR adjustments in
-Bison are compatible.  *As much as possible* one should try to use the
-same implementation in the Bison executables.  I insist: it should be
-very feasible to use the very same conflict tables.
-
-** Adjust the skeletons
-Import the skeletons for C and C++.
-
-** Improve the skeletons
-Have them support yysymprint, yydestruct and so forth.
-
-
-* Precedence
-
-** Partial order
-It is unfortunate that there is a total order for precedence.  It
-makes it impossible to have modular precedence information.  We should
-move to partial orders (sounds like series/parallel orders to me).
-
-This will be possible with a Bison parser for the grammar, as it will
-make it much easier to extend the grammar.
-
-** Correlation b/w precedence and associativity
-Also, I fail to understand why we have to assign the same
-associativity to operators with the same precedence.  For instance,
-why can't I decide that the precedence of * and / is the same, but the
-latter is nonassoc?
-
-If there is really no profound motivation, we should find a new syntax
-to allow specifying this.
-
-** RR conflicts
-See if we can use precedence between rules to solve RR conflicts.  See
-what POSIX says.
-
-
-* $undefined
-From Hans:
-- If the Bison generated parser experiences an undefined number in the
-character range, that character is written out in diagnostic messages, an
-addition to the $undefined value.
-
-Suggest: Change the name $undefined to undefined; looks better in outputs.
-
-
-* Default Action
-From Hans:
-- For use with my C++ parser, I transported the "switch (yyn)" statement
-that Bison writes to the bison.simple skeleton file. This way, I can remove
-the current default rule $$ = $1 implementation, which causes a double
-assignment to $$ which may not be OK under C++, replacing it with a
-"default:" part within the switch statement.
-
-Note that the default rule $$ = $1, when typed, is perfectly OK under C,
-but in the C++ implementation I made, this rule is different from
-$<type_name>$ = $<type_name>1. I therefore think that one should implement
-a Bison option where every typed default rule is explicitly written out
-(same typed ruled can of course be grouped together).
-
-Note: Robert Anisko handles this.  He knows how to do it.
-
-
-* Warnings
-It would be nice to have warning support.  See how Autoconf handles
-them, it is fairly well described there.  It would be very nice to
-implement this in such a way that other programs could use
-lib/warnings.[ch].
-
-Don't work on this without first announcing you do, as I already have
-thought about it, and know many of the components that can be used to
-implement it.
-
-
-* Pre and post actions.
-From: Florian Krohm <[email protected]>
-Subject: YYACT_EPILOGUE
-To: [email protected]
-X-Sent: 1 week, 4 days, 14 hours, 38 minutes, 11 seconds ago
-
-The other day I had the need for explicitly building the parse tree. I
-used %locations for that and defined YYLLOC_DEFAULT to call a function
-that returns the tree node for the production. Easy. But I also needed
-to assign the S-attribute to the tree node. That cannot be done in
-YYLLOC_DEFAULT, because it is invoked before the action is executed.
-The way I solved this was to define a macro YYACT_EPILOGUE that would
-be invoked after the action. For reasons of symmetry I also added
-YYACT_PROLOGUE. Although I had no use for that I can envision how it
-might come in handy for debugging purposes.
-All is needed is to add
-
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
-    YYACT_EPILOGUE (yyval, (yyvsp - yylen), yylen, yyloc, (yylsp - yylen));
-#else
-    YYACT_EPILOGUE (yyval, (yyvsp - yylen), yylen);
-#endif
-
-at the proper place to bison.simple. Ditto for YYACT_PROLOGUE.
-
-I was wondering what you think about adding YYACT_PROLOGUE/EPILOGUE
-to bison. If you're interested, I'll work on a patch.
-
-* Move to Graphviz
-Well, VCG seems really dead.  Move to Graphviz instead.  Also, equip
-the parser with a means to create the (visual) parse tree.
-
------
-
-Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of GNU Bison.
-
-GNU Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-GNU Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

bootstrap

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-
-echo "Bootstrapping CVS Bison..."
-
-echo "running: autoreconf --verbose --install --force"
-autoreconf --verbose --install --force

config.hin

@@ -5,97 +5,110 @@
    */
 #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
 
-/* Define if using `alloca.c'. */
+/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */
 #undef C_ALLOCA
 
 /* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native
    language is requested. */
 #undef ENABLE_NLS
 
-/* Define if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */
 #undef HAVE_ALLOCA
 
-/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */
+/* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).
+   */
 #undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <argz.h> header file. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <argz.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <ctype.h> header file. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <ctype.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_CTYPE_H
 
 /* Define if backslash-a works in C strings. */
 #undef HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
 
-/* Define if you have the `dcgettext' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `dcgettext' function. */
 #undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
 
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memchr', and to 0 if you don't.
    */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_MEMCHR
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memrchr', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `stpcpy', and to 0 if you don't.
    */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_STPCPY
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strchr', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRCHR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strerror', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strerror_r', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
 
-/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strndup', and to 0 if you
-   don't. */
-#undef HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP
-
 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strnlen', and to 0 if you
    don't. */
 #undef HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strspn', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRSPN
+
 /* Define if the malloc check has been performed. */
 #undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
 
 /* Define if the realloc check has been performed. */
 #undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
 
-/* Define if you have the `doprnt' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `doprnt' function. */
 #undef HAVE_DOPRNT
 
-/* Define if you have the `feof_unlocked' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `feof_unlocked' function. */
 #undef HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
 
-/* Define if you have the `fgets_unlocked' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fgets_unlocked' function. */
 #undef HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
 
-/* Define if you have the `getcwd' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getcwd' function. */
 #undef HAVE_GETCWD
 
-/* Define if you have the `getegid' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getegid' function. */
 #undef HAVE_GETEGID
 
-/* Define if you have the `geteuid' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `geteuid' function. */
 #undef HAVE_GETEUID
 
-/* Define if you have the `getgid' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgid' function. */
 #undef HAVE_GETGID
 
-/* Define if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
 #undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
 
 /* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
 #undef HAVE_GETTEXT
 
-/* Define if you have the `getuid' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getuid' function. */
 #undef HAVE_GETUID
 
 /* Define if you have the iconv() function. */
 #undef HAVE_ICONV
 
-/* Define if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
 
-/* Define if you have the `isascii' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `isascii' function. */
 #undef HAVE_ISASCII
 
-/* Define if you have the `iswprint' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `iswprint' function. */
 #undef HAVE_ISWPRINT
 
 /* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
@@ -104,130 +117,127 @@
 /* Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES. */
 #undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
 
-/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
 
 /* Define to 1 if mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared. */
 #undef HAVE_MBRTOWC
 
-/* Define if you have the `mbsinit' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mbsinit' function. */
 #undef HAVE_MBSINIT
 
-/* Define if you have the `memchr' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `memchr' function. */
 #undef HAVE_MEMCHR
 
-/* Define if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
 
-/* Define if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
 #undef HAVE_MEMPCPY
 
-/* Define if you have the `mkstemp' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `memrchr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMRCHR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkstemp' function. */
 #undef HAVE_MKSTEMP
 
-/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
 #undef HAVE_MMAP
 
-/* Define if you have the `munmap' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `munmap' function. */
 #undef HAVE_MUNMAP
 
-/* Define if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
 
-/* Define if you have the `putenv' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if libc includes obstacks. */
+#undef HAVE_OBSTACK
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `putenv' function. */
 #undef HAVE_PUTENV
 
-/* Define if you have the `setenv' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setenv' function. */
 #undef HAVE_SETENV
 
-/* Define if you have the `setlocale' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setlocale' function. */
 #undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
 
-/* Define if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_STDDEF_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_STDINT_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
 
-/* Define if you have the `stpcpy' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `stpcpy' function. */
 #undef HAVE_STPCPY
 
-/* Define if you have the `strcasecmp' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strcasecmp' function. */
 #undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
 
-/* Define if you have the `strchr' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strchr' function. */
 #undef HAVE_STRCHR
 
-/* Define if you have the `strdup' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
 #undef HAVE_STRDUP
 
-/* Define if you have the `strerror' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */
 #undef HAVE_STRERROR
 
-/* Define if you have the `strerror_r' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror_r' function. */
 #undef HAVE_STRERROR_R
 
-/* Define if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_STRING_H
 
-/* Define if you have the `strndup' function. */
-#undef HAVE_STRNDUP
-
-/* Define if you have the `strnlen' function. */
-#undef HAVE_STRNLEN
-
-/* Define if you have the `strspn' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strspn' function. */
 #undef HAVE_STRSPN
 
-/* Define if you have the `strtoul' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoul' function. */
 #undef HAVE_STRTOUL
 
-/* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
 
-/* Define if you have the `tsearch' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `tsearch' function. */
 #undef HAVE_TSEARCH
 
-/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
 
-/* Define if you have the `vprintf' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vprintf' function. */
 #undef HAVE_VPRINTF
 
-/* Define if you have the <wchar.h> header file. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <wchar.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_WCHAR_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <wctype.h> header file. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <wctype.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_WCTYPE_H
 
-/* Define to 1 if `strerror_r' returns a string. */
-#undef HAVE_WORKING_STRERROR_R
-
-/* Define if you have the `__argz_count' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_count' function. */
 #undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
 
-/* Define if you have the `__argz_next' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_next' function. */
 #undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
 
-/* Define if you have the `__argz_stringify' function. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__argz_stringify' function. */
 #undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
 
 /* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */
@@ -236,6 +246,21 @@
 /* Name of package */
 #undef PACKAGE
 
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_NAME
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_STRING
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
+
 /* Define if compiler has function prototypes */
 #undef PROTOTYPES
 
@@ -247,9 +272,12 @@
         STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
 #undef STACK_DIRECTION
 
-/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
 #undef STDC_HEADERS
 
+/* Define to 1 if strerror_r returns char *. */
+#undef STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
+
 /* Version number of package */
 #undef VERSION
 
@@ -259,14 +287,14 @@
 /* Define to 1 for GNU C library extensions. */
 #undef _GNU_SOURCE
 
-/* Define if on MINIX. */
+/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
 #undef _MINIX
 
-/* Define if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with this
-   defined. */
+/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
+   this defined. */
 #undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
 
-/* Define if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
+/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
 #undef _POSIX_SOURCE
 
 /* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */

config/.cvsignore

@@ -1,11 +1,2 @@
 Makefile
 *.t
-Makefile.in
-mkinstalldirs
-missing
-config.sub
-config.guess
-mdate-sh
-texinfo.tex
-config.rpath
-ylwrap

config/Makefile.am

@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
-EXTRA_DIST = move-if-change prev-version.txt config.rpath
+EXTRA_DIST = move-if-change prev-version.txt

config/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.5c from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+
+bindir = @bindir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+oldincludedir = /usr/include
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = ..
+
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_triplet = @host@
+
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOM4TE = @AUTOM4TE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
+CC = @CC@
+CPP = @CPP@
+DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+GCC = @GCC@
+GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
+INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
+LIB = @LIB@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+U = @U@
+USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+WARNING_CFLAGS = @WARNING_CFLAGS@
+WERROR_CFLAGS = @WERROR_CFLAGS@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+EXTRA_DIST = move-if-change prev-version.txt
+subdir = config
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in config.guess config.sub depcomp \
+	install-sh mdate-sh missing mkinstalldirs texinfo.tex
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  Makefile.am  $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu  config/Makefile
+Makefile:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)
+uninstall-info-am:
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+top_distdir = ..
+distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	  if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+	    dir="/$$dir"; \
+	    $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
+	  else \
+	    dir=''; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile
+
+installdirs:
+
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
+	distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am info info-am install \
+	install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
+	install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
+	install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+	maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
+	mostlyclean-generic uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

config/depcomp

@@ -207,22 +207,18 @@ aix)
   ;;
 
 tru64)
-   # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
+   # The Tru64 AIX compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
    # effect.  `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
-   # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
+   # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put 
    # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
    # Subdirectories are respected.
-   dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-   test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
 
+   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's/\.o$/.d/' -e 's/\.lo$/.d/'`
+   tmpdepfile1="$base.o.d"
+   tmpdepfile2="$base.d"
    if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-      tmpdepfile1="$dir.libs/$base.lo.d"
-      tmpdepfile2="$dir.libs/$base.d"
       "$@" -Wc,-MD
    else
-      tmpdepfile1="$dir$base.o.d"
-      tmpdepfile2="$dir$base.d"
       "$@" -MD
    fi
 
@@ -254,40 +250,34 @@ tru64)
 
 dashmstdout)
   # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove `-o $object'.  We will use -o /dev/null later,
-  # however we can't do the remplacement now because
-  # `-o $object' might simply not be used
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
+  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
+  # because we must use -o when running libtool.
+  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
+  ( IFS=" "
+    case " $* " in
+    *" --mode=compile "*) # this is libtool, let us make it quiet
+      for arg
+      do # cycle over the arguments
+        case "$arg" in
+	"--mode=compile")
+	  # insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
+	  set fnord "$@" --quiet
+	  shift # fnord
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+	shift # fnord
+	shift # "$arg"
+      done
       ;;
     esac
-  done
-
-  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
-  "$@" -o /dev/null $dashmflag | sed 's:^[^:]*\:[ 	]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
+    "$@" $dashmflag | sed 's:^[^:]*\:[ 	]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
+  ) &
+  proc=$!
+  "$@"
+  stat=$?
+  wait "$proc"
+  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
   rm -f "$depfile"
   cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
   tr ' ' '
@@ -305,31 +295,36 @@ dashXmstdout)
   ;;
 
 makedepend)
-  "$@" || exit $?
   # X makedepend
-  shift
-  cleared=no
-  for arg in "$@"; do
-    case $cleared in
-    no)
-      set ""; shift
-      cleared=yes ;;
-    esac
-    case "$arg" in
-    -D*|-I*)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    -*)
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    esac
-  done
-  obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
-  touch "$tmpdepfile"
-  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
+  (
+    shift
+    cleared=no
+    for arg in "$@"; do
+      case $cleared in no)
+        set ""; shift
+	cleared=yes
+      esac
+      case "$arg" in
+        -D*|-I*)
+	  set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift;;
+	-*)
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift;;
+      esac
+    done
+    obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
+    touch "$tmpdepfile"
+    ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} 2>/dev/null -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
+  ) &
+  proc=$!
+  "$@"
+  stat=$?
+  wait "$proc"
+  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
   rm -f "$depfile"
   cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
+  tail +3 "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
 ' | \
 ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
 ## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
@@ -339,39 +334,35 @@ makedepend)
 
 cpp)
   # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove `-o $object'.
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
+  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
+  # because we must use -o when running libtool.
+  ( IFS=" "
+    case " $* " in
+    *" --mode=compile "*)
+      for arg
+      do # cycle over the arguments
+        case $arg in
+	"--mode=compile")
+	  # insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
+	  set fnord "$@" --quiet
+	  shift # fnord
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+	shift # fnord
+	shift # "$arg"
+      done
       ;;
     esac
-  done
-
-  "$@" -E |
+    "$@" -E |
     sed -n '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
     sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
+  ) &
+  proc=$!
+  "$@"
+  stat=$?
+  wait "$proc"
+  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
   rm -f "$depfile"
   echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
   cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
@@ -383,25 +374,47 @@ msvisualcpp)
   # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
   # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
   # because we must use -o when running libtool.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case "$arg" in
-    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
+  ( IFS=" "
+    case " $* " in
+    *" --mode=compile "*)
+      for arg
+      do # cycle over the arguments
+        case $arg in
+	"--mode=compile")
+	  # insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
+	  set fnord "$@" --quiet
+	  shift # fnord
+	  ;;
+	esac
+	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+	shift # fnord
+	shift # "$arg"
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+    for arg
+    do
+      case "$arg" in
+      "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
 	set fnord "$@"
 	shift
 	shift
 	;;
-    *)
+      *)
 	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
 	shift
 	shift
 	;;
-    esac
-  done
-  "$@" -E |
-  sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
+      esac
+    done
+    "$@" -E |
+    sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
+  ) &
+  proc=$!
+  "$@"
+  stat=$?
+  wait "$proc"
+  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
   rm -f "$depfile"
   echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
   . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::	\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"

config/install-sh

@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ dir_arg=""
 
 while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
     case $1 in
-	-c) instcmd=$cpprog
+	-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
 	    shift
 	    continue;;
 
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
 	    shift
 	    continue;;
 
-	-s) stripcmd=$stripprog
+	-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
 	    shift
 	    continue;;
 
@@ -106,132 +106,128 @@ done
 
 if [ x"$src" = x ]
 then
-	echo "$0: no input file specified" >&2
+	echo "install:	no input file specified"
 	exit 1
 else
-	:
+	true
 fi
 
 if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
 	dst=$src
 	src=""
-
-	if [ -d "$dst" ]; then
+	
+	if [ -d $dst ]; then
 		instcmd=:
 		chmodcmd=""
 	else
-		instcmd=$mkdirprog
+		instcmd=mkdir
 	fi
 else
 
 # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
-# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad 
 # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
 
-	if [ -f "$src" ] || [ -d "$src" ]
+	if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
 	then
-		:
+		true
 	else
-		echo "$0: $src does not exist" >&2
+		echo "install:  $src does not exist"
 		exit 1
 	fi
-
+	
 	if [ x"$dst" = x ]
 	then
-		echo "$0: no destination specified" >&2
+		echo "install:	no destination specified"
 		exit 1
 	else
-		:
+		true
 	fi
 
 # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
 # does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
 
-	if [ -d "$dst" ]
+	if [ -d $dst ]
 	then
-		dst=$dst/`basename "$src"`
+		dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
 	else
-		:
+		true
 	fi
 fi
 
 ## this sed command emulates the dirname command
-dstdir=`echo "$dst" | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
+dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
 
 # Make sure that the destination directory exists.
 #  this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
 
 # Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
 if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
-defaultIFS='
-	'
-IFS="${IFS-$defaultIFS}"
+defaultIFS='	
+'
+IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
 
-oIFS=$IFS
+oIFS="${IFS}"
 # Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
 IFS='%'
-set - `echo "$dstdir" | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
-IFS=$oIFS
+set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
+IFS="${oIFS}"
 
 pathcomp=''
 
 while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
-	pathcomp=$pathcomp$1
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
 	shift
 
-	if [ ! -d "$pathcomp" ] ;
+	if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
         then
-		$mkdirprog "$pathcomp"
+		$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
 	else
-		:
+		true
 	fi
 
-	pathcomp=$pathcomp/
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
 done
 fi
 
 if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
 then
-	$doit $instcmd "$dst" &&
+	$doit $instcmd $dst &&
 
-	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; else : ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
 else
 
 # If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
 
-	if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
+	if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] 
 	then
-		dstfile=`basename "$dst"`
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
 	else
-		dstfile=`basename "$dst" $transformbasename |
+		dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | 
 			sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
 	fi
 
 # don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
 
-	if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
+	if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] 
 	then
-		dstfile=`basename "$dst"`
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
 	else
-		:
+		true
 	fi
 
-# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
 
 	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
-	rmtmp=$dstdir/#rm.$$#
-
-# Trap to clean up temp files at exit.
-
-	trap 'status=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $status' 0
-	trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
 
 # Move or copy the file name to the temp name
 
-	$doit $instcmd "$src" "$dsttmp" &&
+	$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
+
+	trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
 
 # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
 
@@ -239,38 +235,17 @@ else
 # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
 # errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
 
-	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
-	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
-	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
-	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
-
-# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.  We try this
-# two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some systems and the destination
-# file might be busy for other reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup
-# might fail but the new file should still install successfully.
-
-{
-	if [ -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" ]
-	then
-		$doit $rmcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" 2>/dev/null ||
-		$doit $mvcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null ||
-		{
-		  echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dstdir/$dstfile" >&2
-		  (exit 1); exit
-		}
-	else
-		:
-	fi
-} &&
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
 
 # Now rename the file to the real destination.
 
-	$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dstdir/$dstfile"
+	$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
+	$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile 
 
 fi &&
 
-# The final little trick to "correctly" pass the exit status to the exit trap.
 
-{
-	(exit 0); exit
-}
+exit 0

config/mdate-sh

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
+# Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, June 1995
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Prevent date giving response in another language.
+LANG=C
+export LANG
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+LC_TIME=C
+export LC_TIME
+
+# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
+# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
+if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  set - x`ls -L -l -d $1`
+else
+  set - x`ls -l -d $1`
+fi
+# The month is at least the fourth argument
+# (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop).
+shift
+shift
+shift
+
+# Find the month.  Next argument is day, followed by the year or time.
+month=
+until test $month
+do
+  shift
+  case $1 in
+    Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
+    Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
+    Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
+    Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
+    May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
+    Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
+    Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
+    Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
+    Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
+    Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
+    Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
+    Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
+  esac
+done
+
+day=$2
+
+# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
+# the time of day or the year.
+case $3 in
+  *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
+       case $2 in
+	 Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
+	 Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
+	 Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
+	 Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
+	 May) nummonthtod=5;;
+	 Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
+	 Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
+	 Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
+	 Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
+	 Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
+	 Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
+	 Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
+       esac
+       # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
+       # be used for files modified in the last year.
+       if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
+       then
+	 year=`expr $year - 1`
+       fi;;
+  *) year=$3;;
+esac
+
+# The result.
+echo $day $month $year

config/missing

@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
+# Copyright 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <[email protected]>, 1996.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+run=:
+
+# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
+# srcdir already.
+if test -f configure.ac; then
+  configure_ac=configure.ac
+else
+  configure_ac=configure.in
+fi
+
+case "$1" in
+--run)
+  # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
+  run=
+  shift
+  "$@" && exit 0
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
+# try to emulate it.
+case "$1" in
+
+  -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
+    echo "\
+$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
+
+Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
+error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
+
+Options:
+  -h, --help      display this help and exit
+  -v, --version   output version information and exit
+  --run           try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
+
+Supported PROGRAM values:
+  aclocal      touch file \`aclocal.m4'
+  autoconf     touch file \`configure'
+  autoheader   touch file \`config.h.in'
+  automake     touch all \`Makefile.in' files
+  bison        create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
+  flex         create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+  help2man     touch the output file
+  lex          create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+  makeinfo     touch the output file
+  tar          try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags
+  yacc         create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]"
+    ;;
+
+  -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
+    echo "missing 0.4 - GNU automake"
+    ;;
+
+  -*)
+    echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
+    echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+    exit 1
+    ;;
+
+  aclocal*)
+    if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+       # We have it, but it failed.
+       exit 1
+    fi
+
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+         you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want
+         to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.  Grab them from
+         any GNU archive site."
+    touch aclocal.m4
+    ;;
+
+  autoconf)
+    if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+       # We have it, but it failed.
+       exit 1
+    fi
+
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+         you modified \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want to install the
+         \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them from any GNU
+         archive site."
+    touch configure
+    ;;
+
+  autoheader)
+    if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+       # We have it, but it failed.
+       exit 1
+    fi
+
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+         you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want
+         to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them
+         from any GNU archive site."
+    files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}`
+    test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
+    touch_files=
+    for f in $files; do
+      case "$f" in
+      *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
+				       sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
+      *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
+      esac
+    done
+    touch $touch_files
+    ;;
+
+  automake*)
+    if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+       # We have it, but it failed.
+       exit 1
+    fi
+
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+         you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
+         You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
+         Grab them from any GNU archive site."
+    find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
+	   sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
+	   while read f; do touch "$f"; done
+    ;;
+
+  autom4te)
+    if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+       # We have it, but it failed.
+       exit 1
+    fi
+
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
+         system.  You might have modified some files without having the
+         proper tools for further handling them.
+         You can get \`$1Help2man' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
+         archive site."
+
+    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output[ =]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o[ ]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+    if test -f "$file"; then
+	touch $file
+    else
+	test -z "$file" || exec >$file
+	echo "#! /bin/sh"
+	echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
+	echo "#  $ $@"
+	echo "exit 0"
+	chmod +x $file
+	exit 1
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  bison|yacc)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+         you modified a \`.y' file.  You may need the \`Bison' package
+         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
+         \`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
+    rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
+    if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
+        eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
+	case "$LASTARG" in
+	*.y)
+	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
+	    if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
+	    fi
+	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
+	    if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
+	    fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+    fi
+    if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then
+	echo >y.tab.h
+    fi
+    if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then
+	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  lex|flex)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+         you modified a \`.l' file.  You may need the \`Flex' package
+         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
+         \`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
+    rm -f lex.yy.c
+    if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
+        eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
+	case "$LASTARG" in
+	*.l)
+	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
+	    if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+	         cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
+	    fi
+	  ;;
+	esac
+    fi
+    if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then
+	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  help2man)
+    if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+       # We have it, but it failed.
+       exit 1
+    fi
+
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+	 you modified a dependency of a manual page.  You may need the
+	 \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
+	 effect.  You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
+
+    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+    if test -z "$file"; then
+	file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output=\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+    fi
+    if [ -f "$file" ]; then
+	touch $file
+    else
+	test -z "$file" || exec >$file
+	echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
+	exit 1
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  makeinfo)
+    if test -z "$run" && (makeinfo --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+       # We have makeinfo, but it failed.
+       exit 1
+    fi
+
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+         you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
+         indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual.  The spurious
+         call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
+         DU, IRIX).  You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
+         the \`GNU make' package.  Grab either from any GNU archive site."
+    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+    if test -z "$file"; then
+      file=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
+      file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $file`
+    fi
+    touch $file
+    ;;
+
+  tar)
+    shift
+    if test -n "$run"; then
+      echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run"
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    # We have already tried tar in the generic part.
+    # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error
+    # messages.
+    if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
+       gnutar ${1+"$@"} && exit 0
+    fi
+    if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
+       gtar ${1+"$@"} && exit 0
+    fi
+    firstarg="$1"
+    if shift; then
+	case "$firstarg" in
+	*o*)
+	    firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//`
+	    tar "$firstarg" ${1+"$@"} && exit 0
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	case "$firstarg" in
+	*h*)
+	    firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//`
+	    tar "$firstarg" ${1+"$@"} && exit 0
+	    ;;
+	esac
+    fi
+
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments.
+         You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the
+         command line arguments."
+    exit 1
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
+         system.  You might have modified some files without having the
+         proper tools for further handling them.  Check the \`README' file,
+         it often tells you about the needed prerequirements for installing
+         this package.  You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
+         some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
+    exit 1
+    ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0

config/mkinstalldirs

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
+# Author: Noah Friedman <[email protected]>
+# Created: 1993-05-16
+# Public domain
+
+# $Id$
+
+errstatus=0
+dirmode=""
+
+usage="\
+Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [-m mode] dir ..."
+
+# process command line arguments
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+   case "${1}" in
+     -h | --help | --h* )			# -h for help
+	echo "${usage}" 1>&2; exit 0 ;;
+     -m )					# -m PERM arg
+	shift
+	test $# -eq 0 && { echo "${usage}" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+	dirmode="${1}"
+	shift ;;
+     -- ) shift; break ;;			# stop option processing
+     -* ) echo "${usage}" 1>&2; exit 1 ;;	# unknown option
+     * )  break ;;				# first non-opt arg
+   esac
+done
+
+for file
+do
+  if test -d "$file"; then
+    shift
+  else
+    break
+  fi
+done
+
+case $# in
+0) exit 0 ;;
+esac
+
+case $dirmode in
+'')
+  if mkdir -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then
+    echo "mkdir -p -- $*"
+    exec mkdir -p -- "$@"
+  fi ;;
+*)
+  if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then
+    echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*"
+    exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@"
+  fi ;;
+esac
+
+for file
+do
+   set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`
+   shift
+
+   pathcomp=
+   for d
+   do
+     pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
+     case "$pathcomp" in
+       -* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
+     esac
+
+     if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
+	echo "mkdir $pathcomp"
+
+	mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
+
+	if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
+	  errstatus=$lasterr
+	else
+	  if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then
+	     echo "chmod $dirmode $pathcomp"
+
+	     lasterr=""
+	     chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
+
+	     if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then
+	       errstatus=$lasterr
+	     fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+     fi
+
+     pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
+   done
+done
+
+exit $errstatus
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 3
+# End:
+# mkinstalldirs ends here

config/prev-version.txt

@@ -1 +1 @@
-1.75
+1.33

configure.bat

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+@echo off
+echo Configuring bison for go32
+rem This batch file assumes a unix-type "sed" program
+
+echo # Makefile generated by "configure.bat"> Makefile
+echo all.dos : bison >> Makefile
+
+if exist config.sed del config.sed
+
+echo "s/@srcdir@/./g					">> config.sed
+echo "s/@CC@/gcc/g					">> config.sed
+echo "s/@INSTALL@//g					">> config.sed
+echo "s/@INSTALL_PROGRAM@//g				">> config.sed
+echo "s/@INSTALL_DATA@//g				">> config.sed
+echo "s/@DEFS@/-DHAVE_STRERROR/g			">> config.sed
+echo "s/@LIBS@//g					">> config.sed
+echo "s/@ALLOCA@//g					">> config.sed
+
+echo "/^bison[ 	]*:/,/-o/ {				">> config.sed
+echo "  s/	\$(CC)/	>bison.rf/			">> config.sed
+echo "  /-o/ a\						">> config.sed
+echo "	$(CC) @bison.rf					">> config.sed
+echo "}							">> config.sed
+
+sed -e "s/^\"//" -e "s/\"$//" -e "s/[ 	]*$//" config.sed > config2.sed
+sed -f config2.sed Makefile.in >> Makefile
+del config.sed
+del config2.sed

configure.in

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Configure template for GNU Bison.                   -*-Autoconf-*-
 #
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 2001, 2002  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -18,21 +18,29 @@
 # 02111-1307  USA
 
 # We need a recent Autoconf to run a recent Autotest.
-AC_PREREQ(2.54)
+AC_PREREQ(2.52g)
 
-AC_INIT([GNU Bison], [1.875], [[email protected]])
+AC_INIT([GNU Bison], [1.33a], [[email protected]])
 AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(config)
 
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.7 check-news readme-alpha dist-bzip2])
-AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([bison], [1.33a])
+AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.hin)
 
-# Checks for the compiler.
+# Initialize the test suite.
+AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR(tests)
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/bison], [chmod +x tests/bison])
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/Makefile tests/atlocal])
+# Needed by tests/atlocal.in.
+AC_SUBST([GCC])
+
+# Checks for programs.
 AC_PROG_CC
-# Remove with Automake 1.8.
-AC_ISC_POSIX
-AC_GNU_SOURCE
 AC_MINIX
+AC_ISC_POSIX
 AM_PROG_CC_STDC
+AC_PROG_RANLIB
+AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOM4TE], [autom4te])
+
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(gcc-warnings,
 [  --enable-gcc-warnings   turn on lots of GCC warnings (not recommended)],
 [case "${enableval}" in
@@ -56,71 +64,48 @@ if test "${enableval}" = yes; then
   BISON_WARNING(-Wshadow)
   BISON_WARNING(-Wstrict-prototypes)
   BISON_WARNING(-Wwrite-strings)
-  AC_DEFINE([lint], 1, [Define to 1 if the compiler is checking for lint.])
 fi
 
-# Checks for programs.
-AC_PROG_LEX
-AC_PROG_YACC
-AC_PROG_RANLIB
-BISON_PROG_GNU_M4
-if test x"$ac_cv_prog_gnu_m4" != xyes; then
-  AC_MSG_ERROR([GNU M4 1.4 is required])
-fi
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([M4], ["$M4"], [Define to the GNU M4 executable name.])
+# Checks for libraries.
+AC_DEFINE([_GNU_SOURCE],1,[Define to 1 for GNU C library extensions.])
 
 # Checks for header files.
 AC_HEADER_STDC
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([ctype.h locale.h memory.h stdlib.h string.h unistd.h])
-AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(ctype.h locale.h memory.h stdlib.h string.h unistd.h)
+
+# Checks for typedefs.
+
+# Checks for structures.
 
 # Checks for compiler characteristics.
+AC_C_CONST
 AC_C_INLINE
-
-# Checks for types.
-AC_CHECK_TYPES([uintptr_t])
+AM_C_PROTOTYPES
 
 # Checks for library functions.
 AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
 AC_FUNC_OBSTACK
 AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE
 AC_FUNC_STRNLEN
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(setlocale)
-AC_CHECK_DECLS([free, getenv, getopt,
-                stpcpy, strchr, strspn, strnlen,
-                malloc, memchr, memrchr])
-AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(memchr memrchr \
-                 strchr stpcpy strrchr strspn strtol strtoul)
-AC_FUNC_MALLOC
-AC_FUNC_REALLOC
-jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(mkstemp setlocale)
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([stpcpy, strchr, strspn, strnlen, memchr, memrchr])
+AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(stpcpy strchr strspn memchr memrchr)
+jm_FUNC_MALLOC
+jm_FUNC_REALLOC
 jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG
-jm_FUNC_ARGMATCH
 jm_PREREQ_ERROR
 AM_WITH_DMALLOC
-BISON_PREREQ_SUBPIPE
-BISON_PREREQ_TIMEVAR
 
-# Gettext.
-AM_GNU_GETTEXT(external, need-ngettext)
-AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.11.5)
+ALL_LINGUAS="de es et fr it ja nl ru sv tr"
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT(, need-ngettext)
 
-# Initialize the test suite.
-AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR(tests)
-AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/Makefile tests/atlocal])
-AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/bison], [chmod +x tests/bison])
-AC_CHECK_PROGS([VALGRIND], [valgrind])
-AC_CHECK_PROGS([GXX], [g++])
-AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOM4TE], [autom4te])
-# Needed by tests/atlocal.in.
-AC_SUBST([GCC])
-O0CFLAGS=`echo $CFLAGS | sed 's/-O[0-9] *//'`
-AC_SUBST([O0CFLAGS])
+# This is necessary so that .o files in LIBOBJS are also built via
+# the ANSI2KNR-filtering rules.
+LIB@&t@OBJS=`echo $LIB@&t@OBJS|sed 's/\.o /\$U.o /g;s/\.o$/\$U.o/'`
+AC_SUBST(LIB@&t@OBJS)
 
-AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile
-                 config/Makefile
-                 po/Makefile.in
-                 data/Makefile
-                 lib/Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile
-                 m4/Makefile])
-AC_OUTPUT
+AC_OUTPUT([Makefile
+           config/Makefile
+           intl/Makefile po/Makefile.in
+           lib/Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile
+           m4/Makefile])

data/.cvsignore

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-Makefile.in
-Makefile

data/Makefile.am

@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-## Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-## (at your option) any later version.
-
-## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-## GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
-## 02111-1307  USA
-
-dist_pkgdata_DATA = README c.m4 yacc.c lalr1.cc glr.c
-
-m4sugardir = $(pkgdatadir)/m4sugar
-dist_m4sugar_DATA = m4sugar/m4sugar.m4

data/README

@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
--*- outline -*-
-
-This directory contains Bison skeletons: the general shapes of the
-different parser kinds, that are specialized for specific grammars by
-the bison program.
-
-Currently, there are only three supported skeletons:
-
-- yacc.c
-  It used to be named bison.simple: it corresponds to C Yacc
-  compatible LALR(1) parsers.
-
-- lalr1.cc
-  Produces a C++ parser class.  It is still very experimental, and not
-  yet supported.  Please, subscribe to [email protected].
-
-- glr.c
-  A Generalized LR C parser based on Bison's LALR(1) tables.
-
-These skeletons are the only ones supported by the Bison team.
-Because the interface between skeletons and the bison program is not
-finished, *we are not bound to it*.  In particular, Bison is not
-mature enough for us to consider that ``foreign skeletons'' are
-supported.
-
------
-
-Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of GNU Bison.
-
-GNU Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-GNU Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

data/c.m4

@@ -1,412 +0,0 @@
-m4_divert(-1)                                               -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# C M4 Macros for Bison.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
-# 02111-1307  USA
-
-
-## ---------------- ##
-## Identification.  ##
-## ---------------- ##
-
-# b4_copyright(TITLE, YEARS)
-# --------------------------
-m4_define([b4_copyright],
-[/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison b4_version.  */
-
-/* $1,
-   Copyright (C) $2 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */])
-
-
-# b4_identification
-# -----------------
-m4_define([b4_identification],
-[/* Identify Bison output.  */
-[#]define YYBISON 1
-
-/* Skeleton name.  */
-[#]define YYSKELETON_NAME b4_skeleton
-
-/* Pure parsers.  */
-[#]define YYPURE b4_pure
-
-/* Using locations.  */
-[#]define YYLSP_NEEDED b4_locations_flag
-])
-
-
-
-## ---------------- ##
-## Default values.  ##
-## ---------------- ##
-
-m4_define_default([b4_epilogue], [])
-
-
-
-## ------------------------ ##
-## Pure/impure interfaces.  ##
-## ------------------------ ##
-
-
-# b4_user_args
-# ------------
-m4_define([b4_user_args],
-[m4_ifset([b4_parse_param], [, b4_c_args(b4_parse_param)])])
-
-
-# b4_parse_param
-# --------------
-# If defined, b4_parse_param arrives double quoted, but below we prefer
-# it to be single quoted.
-m4_define_default([b4_parse_param])
-m4_define([b4_parse_param],
-b4_parse_param))
-
-
-
-## ------------ ##
-## Data Types.  ##
-## ------------ ##
-
-
-# b4_ints_in(INT1, INT2, LOW, HIGH)
-# ---------------------------------
-# Return 1 iff both INT1 and INT2 are in [LOW, HIGH], 0 otherwise.
-m4_define([b4_ints_in],
-[m4_eval([$3 <= $1 && $1 <= $4 && $3 <= $2 && $2 <= $4])])
-
-
-# b4_int_type(MIN, MAX)
-# ---------------------
-# Return the smallest int type able to handle numbers ranging from
-# MIN to MAX (included).
-m4_define([b4_int_type],
-[m4_if(b4_ints_in($@,      [0],   [255]), [1], [unsigned char],
-       b4_ints_in($@,   [-128],   [127]), [1], [signed char],
-
-       b4_ints_in($@,      [0], [65535]), [1], [unsigned short],
-       b4_ints_in($@, [-32768], [32767]), [1], [short],
-
-       m4_eval([0 <= $1]),                [1], [unsigned int],
-
- 	                                       [int])])
-
-
-# b4_int_type_for(NAME)
-# ---------------------
-# Return the smallest int type able to handle numbers ranging from
-# `NAME_min' to `NAME_max' (included).
-m4_define([b4_int_type_for],
-[b4_int_type($1_min, $1_max)])
-
-
-## ------------------ ##
-## Decoding options.  ##
-## ------------------ ##
-
-
-# b4_location_if(IF-TRUE, IF-FALSE)
-# ---------------------------------
-# Expand IF-TRUE, if locations are used, IF-FALSE otherwise.
-m4_define([b4_location_if],
-[m4_if(b4_locations_flag, [1],
-       [$1],
-       [$2])])
-
-
-# b4_pure_if(IF-TRUE, IF-FALSE)
-# -----------------------------
-# Expand IF-TRUE, if %pure-parser, IF-FALSE otherwise.
-m4_define([b4_pure_if],
-[m4_if(b4_pure, [1],
-       [$1],
-       [$2])])
-
-
-
-## ------------------------- ##
-## Assigning token numbers.  ##
-## ------------------------- ##
-
-# b4_token_define(TOKEN-NAME, TOKEN-NUMBER)
-# -----------------------------------------
-# Output the definition of this token as #define.
-m4_define([b4_token_define],
-[#define $1 $2
-])
-
-
-# b4_token_enum(TOKEN-NAME, TOKEN-NUMBER)
-# ---------------------------------------
-# Output the definition of this token as an enum.
-m4_define([b4_token_enum],
-[$1 = $2])
-
-
-# b4_token_defines(LIST-OF-PAIRS-TOKEN-NAME-TOKEN-NUMBER)
-# -------------------------------------------------------
-# Output the definition of the tokens (if there are) as enums and #define.
-m4_define([b4_token_defines],
-[m4_if([$@], [[]], [],
-[/* Tokens.  */
-#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE
-# define YYTOKENTYPE
-   /* Put the tokens into the symbol table, so that GDB and other debuggers
-      know about them.  */
-   enum yytokentype {
-m4_map_sep([     b4_token_enum], [,
-],
-           [$@])
-   };
-#endif
-m4_map([b4_token_define], [$@])
-])
-])
-
-
-
-## --------------------------------------------- ##
-## Defining C functions in both K&R and ANSI-C.  ##
-## --------------------------------------------- ##
-
-
-# b4_c_function_def(NAME, RETURN-VALUE, [DECL1, NAME1], ...)
-# ----------------------------------------------------------
-# Declare the function NAME.
-m4_define([b4_c_function_def],
-[#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
-b4_c_ansi_function_def($@)
-#else
-$2
-$1 (b4_c_knr_formal_names(m4_shiftn(2, $@)))
-b4_c_knr_formal_decls(m4_shiftn(2, $@))
-#endif[]dnl
-])
-
-
-# b4_c_ansi_function_def(NAME, RETURN-VALUE, [DECL1, NAME1], ...)
-# ---------------------------------------------------------------
-# Declare the function NAME in ANSI.
-m4_define([b4_c_ansi_function_def],
-[$2
-$1 (b4_c_ansi_formals(m4_shiftn(2, $@)))[]dnl
-])
-
-
-# b4_c_ansi_formals([DECL1, NAME1], ...)
-# --------------------------------------
-# Output the arguments ANSI-C definition.
-m4_define([b4_c_ansi_formals],
-[m4_case([$@],
-         [],   [void],
-         [[]], [void],
-               [m4_map_sep([b4_c_ansi_formal], [, ], [$@])])])
-
-m4_define([b4_c_ansi_formal],
-[$1])
-
-
-# b4_c_knr_formal_names([DECL1, NAME1], ...)
-# ------------------------------------------
-# Output the argument names.
-m4_define([b4_c_knr_formal_names],
-[m4_map_sep([b4_c_knr_formal_name], [, ], [$@])])
-
-m4_define([b4_c_knr_formal_name],
-[$2])
-
-
-# b4_c_knr_formal_decls([DECL1, NAME1], ...)
-# ------------------------------------------
-# Output the K&R argument declarations.
-m4_define([b4_c_knr_formal_decls],
-[m4_map_sep([b4_c_knr_formal_decl],
-            [
-],
-            [$@])])
-
-m4_define([b4_c_knr_formal_decl],
-[    $1;])
-
-
-
-## ------------------------------------------------------------ ##
-## Declaring (prototyping) C functions in both K&R and ANSI-C.  ##
-## ------------------------------------------------------------ ##
-
-
-# b4_c_function_decl(NAME, RETURN-VALUE, [DECL1, NAME1], ...)
-# -----------------------------------------------------------
-# Declare the function NAME.
-m4_define([b4_c_function_decl],
-[#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
-b4_c_ansi_function_decl($@)
-#else
-$2 $1 ();
-#endif[]dnl
-])
-
-
-# b4_c_ansi_function_decl(NAME, RETURN-VALUE, [DECL1, NAME1], ...)
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------
-# Declare the function NAME.
-m4_define([b4_c_ansi_function_decl],
-[$2 $1 (b4_c_ansi_formals(m4_shiftn(2, $@)));[]dnl
-])
-
-
-
-
-## --------------------- ##
-## Calling C functions.  ##
-## --------------------- ##
-
-
-# b4_c_function_call(NAME, RETURN-VALUE, [DECL1, NAME1], ...)
-# -----------------------------------------------------------
-# Call the function NAME with arguments NAME1, NAME2 etc.
-m4_define([b4_c_function_call],
-[$1 (b4_c_args(m4_shiftn(2, $@)))[]dnl
-])
-
-
-# b4_c_args([DECL1, NAME1], ...)
-# ------------------------------
-# Output the arguments NAME1, NAME2...
-m4_define([b4_c_args],
-[m4_map_sep([b4_c_arg], [, ], [$@])])
-
-m4_define([b4_c_arg],
-[$2])
-
-
-## ----------- ##
-## Synclines.  ##
-## ----------- ##
-
-
-# b4_syncline(LINE, FILE)
-# -----------------------
-m4_define([b4_syncline],
-[m4_if(b4_synclines_flag, 1,
-       [[#]line $1 $2])])
-
-
-# b4_symbol_actions(FILENAME, LINENO,
-#                   SYMBOL-TAG, SYMBOL-NUM,
-#                   SYMBOL-ACTION, SYMBOL-TYPENAME)
-# -------------------------------------------------
-m4_define([b4_symbol_actions],
-[m4_pushdef([b4_dollar_dollar], [yyvaluep->$6])dnl
-m4_pushdef([b4_at_dollar], [(*yylocationp)])dnl
-      case $4: /* $3 */
-b4_syncline([$2], [$1])
-        $5;
-b4_syncline([@oline@], [@ofile@])
-        break;
-m4_popdef([b4_at_dollar])dnl
-m4_popdef([b4_dollar_dollar])dnl
-])
-
-
-# b4_yydestruct_generate(FUNCTION-DECLARATOR)
-# -------------------------------------------
-# Generate the "yydestruct" function, which declaration is issued using
-# FUNCTION-DECLARATOR, which may be "b4_c_ansi_function_def" for ISO C
-# or "b4_c_function_def" for K&R.
-m4_define([b4_yydestruct_generate],
-[[/*-----------------------------------------------.
-| Release the memory associated to this symbol.  |
-`-----------------------------------------------*/
-
-]$1([yydestruct],
-    [static void],
-    [[int yytype],           [yytype]],
-    [[YYSTYPE *yyvaluep],    [yyvaluep]]b4_location_if([,
-    [[YYLTYPE *yylocationp], [yylocationp]]]))[
-{
-  /* Pacify ``unused variable'' warnings.  */
-  (void) yyvaluep;
-]b4_location_if([  (void) yylocationp;
-])[
-  switch (yytype)
-    {
-]m4_map([b4_symbol_actions], m4_defn([b4_symbol_destructors]))[
-      default:
-        break;
-    }
-}]dnl
-])
-
-
-# b4_yysymprint_generate(FUNCTION-DECLARATOR)
-# -------------------------------------------
-# Generate the "yysymprint" function, which declaration is issued using
-# FUNCTION-DECLARATOR, which may be "b4_c_ansi_function_def" for ISO C
-# or "b4_c_function_def" for K&R.
-m4_define([b4_yysymprint_generate],
-[[/*--------------------------------.
-| Print this symbol on YYOUTPUT.  |
-`--------------------------------*/
-
-]$1([yysymprint],
-    [static void],
-    [[FILE *yyoutput],       [yyoutput]],
-    [[int yytype],           [yytype]],
-    [[YYSTYPE *yyvaluep],    [yyvaluep]]b4_location_if([,
-    [[YYLTYPE *yylocationp], [yylocationp]]]))
-{
-  /* Pacify ``unused variable'' warnings.  */
-  (void) yyvaluep;
-b4_location_if([  (void) yylocationp;
-])dnl
-
-  if (yytype < YYNTOKENS)
-    {
-      YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "token %s (", yytname[[yytype]]);
-# ifdef YYPRINT
-      YYPRINT (yyoutput, yytoknum[[yytype]], *yyvaluep);
-# endif
-    }
-  else
-    YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "nterm %s (", yytname[[yytype]]);
-
-  switch (yytype)
-    {
-m4_map([b4_symbol_actions], m4_defn([b4_symbol_printers]))dnl
-      default:
-        break;
-    }
-  YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, ")");
-}
-])

data/lalr1.cc

@@ -1,883 +0,0 @@
-m4_divert(-1)
-# C++ skeleton for Bison
-# Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
-# 02111-1307  USA
-
-## ---------------- ##
-## Default values.  ##
-## ---------------- ##
-
-# Stack parameters.
-m4_define_default([b4_stack_depth_init],  [200])
-
-# Default Parser class name.
-m4_define_default([b4_parser_class_name], [Parser])
-
-
-
-## ----------------- ##
-## Semantic Values.  ##
-## ----------------- ##
-
-
-# b4_lhs_value([TYPE])
-# --------------------
-# Expansion of $<TYPE>$.
-m4_define([b4_lhs_value],
-[yyval[]m4_ifval([$1], [.$1])])
-
-
-# b4_rhs_value(RULE-LENGTH, NUM, [TYPE])
-# --------------------------------------
-# Expansion of $<TYPE>NUM, where the current rule has RULE-LENGTH
-# symbols on RHS.
-m4_define([b4_rhs_value],
-[semantic_stack_@{m4_eval([$1 - $2])@}m4_ifval([$3], [.$3])])
-
-m4_define_default([b4_location_type], [Location])
-
-# b4_lhs_location()
-# -----------------
-# Expansion of @$.
-m4_define([b4_lhs_location],
-[yyloc])
-
-
-# b4_rhs_location(RULE-LENGTH, NUM)
-# ---------------------------------
-# Expansion of @NUM, where the current rule has RULE-LENGTH symbols
-# on RHS.
-m4_define([b4_rhs_location],
-[location_stack_@{m4_eval([$1 - $2])@}])
-
-
-m4_define([b4_inherit],
-          [m4_ifdef([b4_root],
-		    [: public b4_root
-],
-		    [])])
-
-m4_define([b4_param],
-	  [m4_ifdef([b4_root],
-	            [,
-            const Param& param],
-		    [])])
-
-m4_define([b4_constructor],
-	  [m4_ifdef([b4_root],
-		    [b4_root (param),
-      ],
-		    [])])
-
-
-# We do want M4 expansion after # for CPP macros.
-m4_changecom()
-m4_divert(0)dnl
-@output @output_header_name@
-b4_copyright([C++ Skeleton parser for LALR(1) parsing with Bison],
-             [2002])[
-/* FIXME: This is wrong, we want computed header guards.
-   I don't know why the macros are missing now. :( */
-#ifndef PARSER_HEADER_H
-# define PARSER_HEADER_H
-
-#include "stack.hh"
-#include "location.hh"
-
-#include <string>
-#include <iostream>
-
-/* Using locations.  */
-#define YYLSP_NEEDED ]b4_locations_flag[
-
-]b4_token_defines(b4_tokens)[
-
-/* Copy the first part of user declarations.  */
-]b4_pre_prologue[
-
-]/* Line __line__ of lalr1.cc.  */
-b4_syncline([@oline@], [@ofile@])[
-
-/* Enabling traces.  */
-#ifndef YYDEBUG
-# define YYDEBUG ]b4_debug[
-#endif
-
-/* Enabling verbose error message.  */
-#ifndef YYERROR_VERBOSE
-# define YYERROR_VERBOSE ]b4_error_verbose[
-#endif
-
-#ifndef YYSTYPE
-]m4_ifdef([b4_stype],
-[b4_syncline([b4_stype_line], [b4_filename])
-typedef union b4_stype yystype;
-/* Line __line__ of lalr1.cc.  */
-b4_syncline([@oline@], [@ofile@])],
-[typedef int yystype;])[
-# define YYSTYPE yystype
-#endif
-
-/* Copy the second part of user declarations.  */
-]b4_post_prologue[
-
-]/* Line __line__ of lalr1.cc.  */
-b4_syncline([@oline@], [@ofile@])[
-#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT
-# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
-   Current.last_line = Rhs[N].last_line; \
-   Current.last_column = Rhs[N].last_column;
-#endif
-
-namespace yy
-{
-  class ]b4_parser_class_name[;
-
-  template < typename P >
-  struct Traits
-  {
-  };
-
-  template < >
-  struct Traits< ]b4_parser_class_name[ >
-  {
-    typedef ]b4_int_type_for([b4_translate])[ TokenNumberType;
-    typedef ]b4_int_type_for([b4_rhs])[       RhsNumberType;
-    typedef int      StateType;
-    typedef yystype  SemanticType;
-    typedef ]b4_location_type[ LocationType;
-  };
-}
-
-namespace yy
-{
-  class ]b4_parser_class_name b4_inherit[
-  {
-  public:
-
-    typedef Traits< ]b4_parser_class_name[ >::TokenNumberType TokenNumberType;
-    typedef Traits< ]b4_parser_class_name[ >::RhsNumberType   RhsNumberType;
-    typedef Traits< ]b4_parser_class_name[ >::StateType       StateType;
-    typedef Traits< ]b4_parser_class_name[ >::SemanticType    SemanticType;
-    typedef Traits< ]b4_parser_class_name[ >::LocationType    LocationType;
-
-    typedef Stack< StateType >    StateStack;
-    typedef Stack< SemanticType > SemanticStack;
-    typedef Stack< LocationType > LocationStack;
-
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
-    ]b4_parser_class_name[ (bool debug,
-	    LocationType initlocation][]b4_param[) :
-      ]b4_constructor[][debug_ (debug),
-      cdebug_ (std::cerr),
-      initlocation_ (initlocation)
-#else
-    ]b4_parser_class_name[ (bool debug][]b4_param[) :
-      ]b4_constructor[][debug_ (debug),
-      cdebug_ (std::cerr)
-#endif
-    {
-    }
-
-    virtual ~]b4_parser_class_name[ ()
-    {
-    }
-
-    virtual int parse ();
-
-  private:
-
-    virtual void lex_ ();
-    virtual void error_ ();
-    virtual void print_ ();
-
-    /* Stacks.  */
-    StateStack    state_stack_;
-    SemanticStack semantic_stack_;
-    LocationStack location_stack_;
-
-    /* Tables.  */
-    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_pact])[ pact_[];
-    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_pact])[ pact_ninf_;
-    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_defact])[ defact_[];
-    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_pgoto])[ pgoto_[];
-    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_defgoto])[ defgoto_[];
-    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_table])[ table_[];
-    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_table])[ table_ninf_;
-    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_check])[ check_[];
-    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_r1])[ r1_[];
-    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_r2])[ r2_[];
-
-#if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE
-    static const char* const name_[];
-#endif
-
-    /* More tables, for debugging.  */
-#if YYDEBUG
-    static const RhsNumberType rhs_[];
-    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_prhs])[ prhs_[];
-    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_rline])[ rline_[];
-    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_stos])[ stos_[];
-    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_toknum])[ token_number_[];
-#endif
-
-    /* Even more tables.  */
-    static inline TokenNumberType translate_ (int token);
-
-    /* Constants.  */
-    static const int eof_;
-    /* LAST_ -- Last index in TABLE_.  */
-    static const int last_;
-    static const int nnts_;
-    static const int empty_;
-    static const int final_;
-    static const int terror_;
-    static const int errcode_;
-    static const int ntokens_;
-    static const int initdepth_;
-    static const unsigned user_token_number_max_;
-    static const TokenNumberType undef_token_;
-
-    /* State.  */
-    int n_;
-    int len_;
-    int state_;
-
-    /* Debugging.  */
-    int debug_;
-    std::ostream &cdebug_;
-
-    /* Lookahead and lookahead in internal form.  */
-    int looka_;
-    int ilooka_;
-
-    /* Message.  */
-    std::string message;
-
-    /* Semantic value and location of lookahead token.  */
-    SemanticType value;
-    LocationType location;
-
-    /* @@$ and $$.  */
-    SemanticType yyval;
-    LocationType yyloc;
-
-    /* Initial location.  */
-    LocationType initlocation_;
-  };
-}
-
-#endif /* ! defined PARSER_HEADER_H */]
-dnl
-@output @output_parser_name@
-b4_copyright([C++ Skeleton parser for LALR(1) parsing with Bison],
-             [2002])[
-
-#include @output_header_name@
-
-/* Enable debugging if requested.  */
-#if YYDEBUG
-# define YYCDEBUG    if (debug_) cdebug_
-#else /* !YYDEBUG */
-# define YYCDEBUG    if (0) cdebug_
-#endif /* !YYDEBUG */
-
-int
-yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::parse ()
-{
-  int nerrs = 0;
-  int errstatus = 0;
-
-  /* Initialize stack.  */
-  state_stack_ = StateStack (0);
-  semantic_stack_ = SemanticStack (1);
-  location_stack_ = LocationStack (1);
-
-  /* Start.  */
-  state_ = 0;
-  looka_ = empty_;
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
-  location = initlocation_;
-#endif
-  YYCDEBUG << "Starting parse" << std::endl;
-
-  /* New state.  */
- yynewstate:
-  state_stack_.push (state_);
-  YYCDEBUG << "Entering state " << state_ << std::endl;
-  goto yybackup;
-
-  /* Backup.  */
- yybackup:
-
-  /* Try to take a decision without lookahead.  */
-  n_ = pact_[state_];
-  if (n_ == pact_ninf_)
-    goto yydefault;
-
-  /* Read a lookahead token.  */
-  if (looka_ == empty_)
-    {
-      YYCDEBUG << "Reading a token: ";
-      lex_ ();
-    }
-
-  /* Convert token to internal form.  */
-  if (looka_ <= 0)
-    {
-      looka_ = eof_;
-      ilooka_ = 0;
-      YYCDEBUG << "Now at end of input." << std::endl;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      ilooka_ = translate_ (looka_);
-#if YYDEBUG
-      if (debug_)
-	{
-	  YYCDEBUG << "Next token is " << looka_
-		 << " (" << name_[ilooka_];
-	  print_ ();
-	  YYCDEBUG << ')' << std::endl;
-	}
-#endif
-    }
-
-  n_ += ilooka_;
-  if (n_ < 0 || last_ < n_ || check_[n_] != ilooka_)
-    goto yydefault;
-
-  /* Reduce or error.  */
-  n_ = table_[n_];
-  if (n_ < 0)
-    {
-      if (n_ == table_ninf_)
-	goto yyerrlab;
-      else
-	{
-	  n_ = -n_;
-	  goto yyreduce;
-	}
-    }
-  else if (n_ == 0)
-    goto yyerrlab;
-
-  /* Accept?  */
-  if (n_ == final_)
-    goto yyacceptlab;
-
-  /* Shift the lookahead token.  */
-  YYCDEBUG << "Shifting token " << looka_
-	 << " (" << name_[ilooka_] << "), ";
-
-  /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof.  */
-  if (looka_ != eof_)
-    looka_ = empty_;
-
-  semantic_stack_.push (value);
-  location_stack_.push (location);
-
-  /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
-     status.  */
-  if (errstatus)
-    --errstatus;
-
-  state_ = n_;
-  goto yynewstate;
-
-  /* Default action.  */
- yydefault:
-  n_ = defact_[state_];
-  if (n_ == 0)
-    goto yyerrlab;
-  goto yyreduce;
-
-  /* Reduce.  */
- yyreduce:
-  len_ = r2_[n_];
-  if (len_)
-    {
-      yyval = semantic_stack_[len_ - 1];
-      yyloc = location_stack_[len_ - 1];
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      yyval = semantic_stack_[0];
-      yyloc = location_stack_[0];
-    }
-
-#if YYDEBUG
-  if (debug_)
-    {
-      YYCDEBUG << "Reducing via rule " << n_ - 1
-	     << " (line " << rline_[n_] << "), ";
-      for (]b4_int_type_for([b4_prhs])[ i = prhs_[n_];
-	   0 <= rhs_[i]; ++i)
-	YYCDEBUG << name_[rhs_[i]] << ' ';
-      YYCDEBUG << "-> " << name_[r1_[n_]] << std::endl;
-    }
-#endif
-
-  if (len_)
-    {
-      Slice< LocationType, LocationStack > slice (location_stack_, len_);
-      YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, slice, len_);
-    }
-
-  switch (n_)
-    {
-      ]b4_actions[
-    }
-
-]/* Line __line__ of lalr1.cc.  */
-b4_syncline([@oline@], [@ofile@])[
-
-  state_stack_.pop (len_);
-  semantic_stack_.pop (len_);
-  location_stack_.pop (len_);
-
-#if YYDEBUG
-  if (debug_)
-    {
-      YYCDEBUG << "state stack now";
-      for (StateStack::ConstIterator i = state_stack_.begin ();
-	   i != state_stack_.end (); ++i)
-	YYCDEBUG << ' ' << *i;
-      YYCDEBUG << std::endl;
-    }
-#endif
-
-  semantic_stack_.push (yyval);
-  location_stack_.push (yyloc);
-
-  /* Shift the result of the reduction.  */
-  n_ = r1_[n_];
-  state_ = pgoto_[n_ - ntokens_] + state_stack_[0];
-  if (0 <= state_ && state_ <= last_ && check_[state_] == state_stack_[0])
-    state_ = table_[state_];
-  else
-    state_ = defgoto_[n_ - ntokens_];
-  goto yynewstate;
-
-  /* Report and recover from errors.  This is very incomplete.  */
- yyerrlab:
-  /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error.  */
-  if (!errstatus)
-    {
-      ++nerrs;
-
-#if YYERROR_VERBOSE
-      n_ = pact_[state_];
-      if (pact_ninf_ < n_ && n_ < last_)
-	{
-	  message = "syntax error, unexpected ";
-	  message += name_[ilooka_];
-	  {
-	    int count = 0;
-	    for (int x = (n_ < 0 ? -n_ : 0); x < ntokens_ + nnts_; ++x)
-	      if (check_[x + n_] == x && x != terror_)
-		++count;
-	    if (count < 5)
-	      {
-		count = 0;
-		for (int x = (n_ < 0 ? -n_ : 0); x < ntokens_ + nnts_; ++x)
-		  if (check_[x + n_] == x && x != terror_)
-		    {
-		      message += (!count++) ? ", expecting " : " or ";
-		      message += name_[x];
-		    }
-	      }
-	  }
-	}
-      else
-#endif
-	message = "syntax error";
-      error_ ();
-    }
-  goto yyerrlab1;
-
-  /* Error raised explicitly by an action.  */
- yyerrlab1:
-  if (errstatus == 3)
-    {
-      /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an
-	 error, discard it.  */
-
-      /* Return failure if at end of input.  */
-      if (looka_ == eof_)
-	goto yyabortlab;
-      YYCDEBUG << "Discarding token " << looka_
-	     << " (" << name_[ilooka_] << ")." << std::endl;
-      looka_ = empty_;
-    }
-
-  /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error
-     token.  */
-
-  errstatus = 3;
-
-  for (;;)
-    {
-      n_ = pact_[state_];
-      if (n_ != pact_ninf_)
-	{
-	  n_ += terror_;
-	  if (0 <= n_ && n_ <= last_ && check_[n_] == terror_)
-	    {
-	      n_ = table_[n_];
-	      if (0 < n_)
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      /* Pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token.  */
-      if (!state_stack_.height ())
-	goto yyabortlab;
-
-#if YYDEBUG
-      if (debug_)
-	{
-	  if (stos_[state_] < ntokens_)
-	    {
-	      YYCDEBUG << "Error: popping token "
-		     << token_number_[stos_[state_]]
-		     << " (" << name_[stos_[state_]];
-# ifdef YYPRINT
-	      YYPRINT (stderr, token_number_[stos_[state_]],
-		       semantic_stack_.top ());
-# endif
-	      YYCDEBUG << ')' << std::endl;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      YYCDEBUG << "Error: popping nonterminal ("
-		     << name_[stos_[state_]] << ')' << std::endl;
-	    }
-	}
-#endif
-
-      state_ = (state_stack_.pop (), state_stack_[0]);
-      semantic_stack_.pop ();
-      location_stack_.pop ();;
-
-#if YYDEBUG
-      if (debug_)
-	{
-	  YYCDEBUG << "Error: state stack now";
-	  for (StateStack::ConstIterator i = state_stack_.begin ();
-	       i != state_stack_.end (); ++i)
-	    YYCDEBUG << ' ' << *i;
-	  YYCDEBUG << std::endl;
-	}
-#endif
-    }
-
-  if (n_ == final_)
-    goto yyacceptlab;
-
-  YYCDEBUG << "Shifting error token, ";
-
-  semantic_stack_.push (value);
-  location_stack_.push (location);
-
-  state_ = n_;
-  goto yynewstate;
-
-  /* Accept.  */
- yyacceptlab:
-  return 0;
-
-  /* Abort.  */
- yyabortlab:
-  return 1;
-}
-
-void
-yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::lex_ ()
-{
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
-  looka_ = yylex (&value, &location);
-#else
-  looka_ = yylex (&value);
-#endif
-}
-
-/* YYPACT[STATE-NUM] -- Index in YYTABLE of the portion describing
-   STATE-NUM.  */
-const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_pact]) yy::b4_parser_class_name::pact_ninf_ = b4_pact_ninf[;
-const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_pact])[
-yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::pact_[] =
-{
-  ]b4_pact[
-};
-
-/* YYDEFACT[S] -- default rule to reduce with in state S when YYTABLE
-   doesn't specify something else to do.  Zero means the default is an
-   error.  */
-const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_defact])[
-yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::defact_[] =
-{
-  ]b4_defact[
-};
-
-/* YYPGOTO[NTERM-NUM].  */
-const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_pgoto])[
-yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::pgoto_[] =
-{
-  ]b4_pgoto[
-};
-
-/* YYDEFGOTO[NTERM-NUM].  */
-const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_defgoto])[
-yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::defgoto_[] =
-{
-  ]b4_defgoto[
-};
-
-/* YYTABLE[YYPACT[STATE-NUM]].  What to do in state STATE-NUM.  If
-   positive, shift that token.  If negative, reduce the rule which
-   number is the opposite.  If zero, do what YYDEFACT says.  */
-const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_table]) yy::b4_parser_class_name::table_ninf_ = b4_table_ninf[;
-const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_table])[
-yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::table_[] =
-{
-  ]b4_table[
-};
-
-/* YYCHECK.  */
-const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_check])[
-yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::check_[] =
-{
-  ]b4_check[
-};
-
-#if YYDEBUG
-/* STOS_[STATE-NUM] -- The (internal number of the) accessing
-   symbol of state STATE-NUM.  */
-const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_stos])[
-yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::stos_[] =
-{
-  ]b4_stos[
-};
-
-/* TOKEN_NUMBER_[YYLEX-NUM] -- Internal token number corresponding
-   to YYLEX-NUM.  */
-const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_toknum])[
-yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::token_number_[] =
-{
-  ]b4_toknum[
-};
-#endif
-
-/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives.  */
-const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_r1])[
-yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::r1_[] =
-{
-  ]b4_r1[
-};
-
-/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN.  */
-const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_r2])[
-yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::r2_[] =
-{
-  ]b4_r2[
-};
-
-#if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE
-/* YYTNAME[SYMBOL-NUM] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM.
-   First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals. */
-const char*
-const yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::name_[] =
-{
-  ]b4_tname[
-};
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG
-/* YYRHS -- A `-1'-separated list of the rules' RHS. */
-const yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::RhsNumberType
-yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::rhs_[] =
-{
-  ]b4_rhs[
-};
-
-/* YYPRHS[YYN] -- Index of the first RHS symbol of rule number YYN in
-   YYRHS.  */
-const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_prhs])[
-yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::prhs_[] =
-{
-  ]b4_prhs[
-};
-
-/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined.  */
-const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_rline])[
-yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::rline_[] =
-{
-  ]b4_rline[
-};
-#endif
-
-/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX.  */
-yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::TokenNumberType
-yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::translate_ (int token)
-{
-  static
-  const TokenNumberType
-  translate_[] =
-  {
-    ]b4_translate[
-  };
-  if ((unsigned) token <= user_token_number_max_)
-    return translate_[token];
-  else
-    return undef_token_;
-}
-
-const int yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::eof_ = 0;
-const int yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::last_ = ]b4_last[;
-const int yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::nnts_ = ]b4_nterms_number[;
-const int yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::empty_ = -2;
-const int yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::final_ = ]b4_final_state_number[;
-const int yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::terror_ = 1;
-const int yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::errcode_ = 256;
-const int yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::ntokens_ = ]b4_tokens_number[;
-const int yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::initdepth_ = ]b4_stack_depth_init[;
-
-const unsigned yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::user_token_number_max_ = ]b4_user_token_number_max[;
-const yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::TokenNumberType yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::undef_token_ = ]b4_undef_token_number[;
-
-]b4_epilogue
-dnl
-@output stack.hh
-b4_copyright([2002])[
-
-#ifndef BISON_STACK_HH
-# define BISON_STACK_HH
-
-#include <deque>
-
-namespace yy
-{
-  template < class T, class S = std::deque< T > >
-  class Stack
-  {
-  public:
-
-    typedef typename S::iterator Iterator;
-    typedef typename S::const_iterator ConstIterator;
-
-    Stack () : seq_ ()
-    {
-    }
-
-    Stack (unsigned n) : seq_ (n)
-    {
-    }
-
-    inline
-    T&
-    operator [] (unsigned index)
-    {
-      return seq_[index];
-    }
-
-    inline
-    const T&
-    operator [] (unsigned index) const
-    {
-      return seq_[index];
-    }
-
-    inline
-    void
-    push (const T& t)
-    {
-      seq_.push_front (t);
-    }
-
-    inline
-    void
-    pop (unsigned n = 1)
-    {
-      for (; n; --n)
-	seq_.pop_front ();
-    }
-
-    inline
-    unsigned
-    height () const
-    {
-      return seq_.size ();
-    }
-
-    inline ConstIterator begin () const { return seq_.begin (); }
-    inline ConstIterator end () const { return seq_.end (); }
-
-  private:
-
-    S seq_;
-  };
-
-  template < class T, class S = Stack< T > >
-  class Slice
-  {
-  public:
-
-    Slice (const S& stack,
-	   unsigned range) : stack_ (stack),
-			     range_ (range)
-    {
-    }
-
-    inline
-    const T&
-    operator [] (unsigned index) const
-    {
-      return stack_[range_ - index];
-    }
-
-  private:
-
-    const S& stack_;
-    unsigned range_;
-  };
-}
-
-#endif // not BISON_STACK_HH]
-dnl
-@output location.hh
-b4_copyright([2002])[
-
-#ifndef BISON_LOCATION_HH
-# define BISON_LOCATION_HH
-
-namespace yy
-{
-  struct Position
-  {
-    int line;
-    int column;
-  };
-
-  struct Location
-  {
-    Position first;
-    Position last;
-  };
-}
-
-#endif // not BISON_LOCATION_HH]

doc/.cvsignore

@@ -1,21 +1,12 @@
-Makefile
-bison.aux
+Makefile Makefile.in
+*.aux *.dvi *.log *.info* *.pdf *.ps
+stamp-*
+auto
 bison.cp
 bison.cps
-bison.dvi
 bison.fn
 bison.ky
-bison.log
-bison.pdf
 bison.pg
-bison.ps
 bison.toc
 bison.tp
 bison.vr
-refcard.dvi
-refcard.log
-refcard.ps
-Makefile.in
-*.info*
-stamp-vti
-version.texi

doc/FAQ

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ A1.  If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, I can't
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 Q2.  I can't build Bison because "make" complains that "msgfmt" is not
-     found.  What should I do?
+     fund.  What should I do?
 
 A2.  Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that
      feature is turned on by default.  If you have problems building

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.4
 
 info_TEXINFOS = bison.texinfo
 man_MANS = bison.1
 bison_TEXINFOS = gpl.texi fdl.texi
 
-EXTRA_DIST = FAQ bison.1 refcard.tex
+EXTRA_DIST = FAQ bison.1 bison.rnh refcard.tex
 
 CLEANFILES = refcard.dvi refcard.log refcard.ps
 

doc/bison.1

@@ -59,11 +59,6 @@ bison \- GNU Project parser generator (yacc replacement)
 .B \-\-fixed-output-files
 ]
 file
-.br
-.B yacc
-[
-.I "similar options and operands"
-]
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .I Bison
 is a parser generator in the style of
@@ -80,10 +75,10 @@ Unlike
 .IR yacc ,
 the generated files do not have fixed names, but instead use the prefix
 of the input file.
-Moreover, if you need to put
-.I C++
+Moreover, if you need to put 
+.IR C++
 code in the input file, you can end his name by a C++-like extension
-(.ypp or .y++), then bison will follow your extension to name the
+(.ypp or .y++), then bison will follow your extension to name the 
 output file (.cpp or .c++).
 For instance, a grammar description file named
 .B parse.yxx
@@ -91,10 +86,10 @@ would produce the generated parser in a file named
 .BR parse.tab.cxx ,
 instead of
 .IR yacc 's
-.B y.tab.c
-or old
-.I Bison
-version's
+.BR y.tab.c 
+or old 
+.IR Bison
+versions
 .BR parse.tab.c .
 .PP
 This description of the options that can be given to
@@ -127,7 +122,7 @@ Specify a prefix to use for all
 .I bison
 output file names.  The names are
 chosen as if the input file were named
-\fIfile-prefix\fP\fB.c\fP.
+\fIfile-prefix\fB.c\fR.
 .TP
 .B \-d
 .br
@@ -140,10 +135,10 @@ as well as a few
 variable declarations.
 .sp
 If the parser output file is named
-.IB name .c
+\fIname\fB.c\fR
 then this file
 is named
-\fIname\fP\fB.h\fP.
+\fIname\fB.h\fR.
 .sp
 This output file is essential if you wish to put the definition of
 .B yylex
@@ -153,29 +148,29 @@ needs to be able to refer to token type codes and the variable
 .BR yylval .
 .TP
 .BI \-\-defines= defines-file
-The behavior of
-.B \-\-defines
-is the same than
-.B \-d
-option.
-The only difference is that it has an optional argument which is
+The behaviour of
+.BI \-\-defines 
+is the same than 
+.BI \-d 
+option. 
+The only difference is that it has an optionnal argument which is 
 the name of the output filename.
 .TP
 .BI \-g
 .br
 .ns
 Output a VCG definition of the LALR(1) grammar automaton computed by
-Bison.  If the grammar file is
+Bison. If the grammar file is 
 .BR foo.y
 , the VCG output file will be
 .BR foo.vcg .
 .TP
 .BI \-\-graph= graph-file
-The behavior of
-.BI \-\-graph
+The behaviour of 
+.BI \-\-graph 
 is the same than
 .BI \-g
-option.  The only difference is that it has an optional argument which
+option. The only difference is that it has an optionnal argument which 
 is the name of the output graph filename.
 .TP
 .B \-k
@@ -183,10 +178,8 @@ is the name of the output graph filename.
 .ns
 .TP
 .B \-\-token-table
-This switch causes the
-.IB name .tab.c
-output to include a list of
-token names in order by their token numbers; this is defined in the array
+This switch causes the \fIname\fB.tab.c\fR output to include a list of
+token names in order by their token numbers;  this is defined in the array
 .IR yytname .
 Also generated
 are #defines for
@@ -216,13 +209,9 @@ parser file, treating it an independent source file in its own right.
 .ns
 .TP
 .B \-\-no-parser
-Do not generate the parser code into the output; generate only
-declarations.  The generated
-.IB name .tab.c
-file will have only
-constant declarations.  In addition, a
-.IB name .act
-file is
+Do not generate the parser code into the output;  generate only
+declarations.  The generated \fIname\fB.tab.c\fR file will have only
+constant declarations.  In addition, a \fIname\fB.act\fR file is
 generated containing a switch statement body containing all the
 translated actions.
 .TP
@@ -345,16 +334,29 @@ The purpose of this switch is to imitate
 .IR yacc 's
 output file name conventions.
 Thus, the following shell script can substitute for
-.I yacc
-and is often installed as
 .IR yacc :
 .sp
 .RS
 .ft B
-bison \-y "$@"
+bison \-y $*
 .ft R
 .sp
 .RE
+.SH FILES
+/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple	simple parser
+.br
+/usr/local/share/bison/bison.hairy	complicated parser
+.SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
+.TP
+.SM BISON_SIMPLE
+If this is set, it specifies the location in which the
+.B bison.simple
+parser can be found.
+.TP
+.SM BISON_HAIRY
+If this is set, it specifies the location in which the
+.B bison.hairy
+parser can be found.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .IR yacc (1)
 .br

doc/bison.rnh

@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+.!
+.!	RUNOFF source file for BISON.HLP 
+.!
+.!	This is a RUNOFF input file which will produce a VMS help file
+.!	for the VMS HELP library.
+.!
+.!	Eric Youngdale and Wilfred J. Hansen ([email protected]).
+.!
+.literal
+.end literal
+.no paging
+.no flags all
+.right margin 70
+.left margin 1
+
+.indent -1
+1 BISON
+.skip
+ The BISON command invokes the GNU BISON parser generator.
+.skip
+.literal
+      BISON file-spec
+.end literal
+.skip
+.indent -1
+2 Parameters
+.skip
+ file-spec
+.skip
+Here file-spec is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
+.y.  The parser file's name is made by replacing the .y
+with _tab.c.  Thus, the command bison foo.y yields
+foo_tab.c.
+
+.skip
+.indent -1
+2 Qualifiers
+.skip
+ The following is the list of available qualifiers for BISON:
+.literal
+	/DEBUG
+	/DEFINES
+	/FILE_PREFIX=prefix
+	/FIXED_OUTFILES
+	/NAME_PREFIX=prefix
+	/NOLINES
+	/NOPARSER
+	/OUTPUT=outfilefile
+	/RAW
+	/TOKEN_TABLE
+	/VERBOSE
+	/VERSION
+	/YACC
+.end literal
+.skip
+.indent -1
+2 /DEBUG
+.skip
+In the parser file,
+define the macro YYDEBUG to 1 if it is not already defined,
+so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
+.skip
+.indent -1
+2 /DEFINES
+.skip
+Write an extra output file containing macro definitions for the token
+type names defined in the grammar and the semantic value type
+YYSTYPE, as well as a extern variable declarations.
+.skip
+If the parser output file is named "name.c" then this file
+is named "name.h".
+.skip
+This output file is essential if you wish to put the definition of
+yylex in a separate source file, because yylex needs to
+be able to refer to token type codes and the variable
+yylval.
+.skip
+.indent -1
+2 /FILE_PREFIX
+.skip
+.literal
+  /FILIE_PREFIX=prefix
+.end literal
+.skip
+	Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names.  The names are
+chosen as if the input file were named prefix.c
+
+.skip
+.indent -1
+2 /FIXED_OUTFILES
+.skip
+Equivalent to /OUTPUT=y_tab.c; the parser output file is called
+y_tab.c, and the other outputs are called y.output and
+y_tab.h.  The purpose of this switch is to imitate Yacc's output
+file name conventions.  The /YACC qualifier is functionally equivalent
+to /FIXED_OUTFILES.  The following command definition will
+work as a substitute for Yacc:
+
+.literal
+$YACC:==BISON/FIXED_OUTFILES
+.end literal
+.skip
+.indent -1
+2 /NAME_PREFIX
+.skip
+.literal
+  /NAME_PREFIX=prefix
+.end literal
+.skip
+Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
+"prefix" instead of "yy".  The precise list of symbols renamed
+is yyparse, yylex, yyerror, yylval, yychar and yydebug.
+
+For example, if you use /NAME_PREFIX="c", the names become cparse,
+clex, and so on.
+
+.skip
+.indent -1
+2 /NOLINES
+.skip
+Don't put any "#line" preprocessor commands in the parser file.
+Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
+and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
+grammar file.  This option causes them to associate errors with the
+parser file, treating it an independent source file in its own right.
+.skip
+.indent -1
+2 /NOPARSER
+.skip
+Do not generate the parser code into the output;  generate only
+declarations.  The generated name_tab.c file will have only 
+constant declarations.  In addition, a name.act file is
+generated containing a switch statement body containing all the
+translated actions. 
+.skip
+.indent -1
+2 /OUTPUT
+.skip
+.literal
+  /OUTPUT=outfile
+.end literal
+.skip
+Specify the name "outfile" for the parser file.
+.skip
+.indent -1
+2 /RAW
+.skip
+When this switch is specified, the .tab.h file defines the tokens to
+have the bison token numbers rather than the yacc compatible numbers.
+To employ this switch you would have to have your own parser.
+.skip
+.indent -1
+2 /TOKEN_TABLE
+.skip
+This switch causes the name_tab.c output to include a list of 
+token names in order by their token numbers;  this is defined in the array 
+yytname.  Also generated are #defines for YYNTOKENS, YYNNTS, YYNRULES,
+and YYNSTATES.
+
+.skip
+.indent -1
+2 /VERBOSE
+.skip
+Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
+parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
+that state.
+.skip
+This file also describes all the conflicts, both those resolved by
+operator precedence and the unresolved ones.
+.skip
+The file's name is made by removing _tab.c or .c from
+the parser output file name, and adding .output instead.
+.skip
+Therefore, if the input file is foo.y, then the parser file is
+called foo_tab.c by default.  As a consequence, the verbose
+output file is called foo.output.
+.skip
+.indent -1
+2 /VERSION
+.skip
+Print the version number of Bison.
+
+.skip
+.indent -1
+2 /YACC
+.skip
+See /FIXED_OUTFILES.
+.skip
+.indent -1
+
+
+

doc/fdl.texi

@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@
-
 @node GNU Free Documentation License
 @appendixsec GNU Free Documentation License
 
 @cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
-@center Version 1.2, November 2002
+@center Version 1.1, March 2000
 
 @display
-Copyright @copyright{} 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA
 
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
@@ -18,12 +17,12 @@ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
 PREAMBLE
 
 The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
-functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to
-assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
-with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
-Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
-to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
-for modifications made by others.
+written document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
+the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
+modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
+this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
+credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+modifications made by others.
 
 This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
 works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
@@ -41,69 +40,57 @@ principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
 @item
 APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
 
-This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
-contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
-distributed under the terms of this License.  Such a notice grants a
-world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
-work under the conditions stated herein.  The ``Document'', below,
-refers to any such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a
-licensee, and is addressed as ``you''.  You accept the license if you
-copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
-under copyright law.
+This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
+under the terms of this License.  The ``Document'', below, refers to any
+such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
+addressed as ``you''.
 
 A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
 Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
 modifications and/or translated into another language.
 
-A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section
-of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
-publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
-subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
-directly within that overall subject.  (Thus, if the Document is in
-part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
-any mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
+textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
 connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
 commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
 them.
 
 The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
 are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
-that says that the Document is released under this License.  If a
-section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
-allowed to be designated as Invariant.  The Document may contain zero
-Invariant Sections.  If the Document does not identify any Invariant
-Sections then there are none.
+that says that the Document is released under this License.
 
 The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
 as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
-the Document is released under this License.  A Front-Cover Text may
-be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
+the Document is released under this License.
 
 A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
 represented in a format whose specification is available to the
-general public, that is suitable for revising the document
+general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
 straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
 pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
 drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
 for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
 to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
-format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
-or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
-An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
-of text.  A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
+format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
+not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
 
 Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
-@sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input
-format, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available
-@acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML},
-PostScript or @acronym{PDF} designed for human modification.  Examples
-of transparent image formats include @acronym{PNG}, @acronym{XCF} and
-@acronym{JPG}.  Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
-read and edited only by proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or
-@acronym{XML} for which the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are
-not generally available, and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML},
-PostScript or @acronym{PDF} produced by some word processors for
-output purposes only.
+@sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input format,
+@acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available
+@acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML} designed
+for human modification.  Opaque formats include PostScript,
+@acronym{PDF}, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
+proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} for which
+the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are not generally available,
+and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML} produced by some word
+processors for output purposes only.
 
 The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
 plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
@@ -112,21 +99,6 @@ formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
 the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
 preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
 
-A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
-title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
-text that translates XYZ in another language.  (Here XYZ stands for a
-specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'',
-``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.)  To ``Preserve the Title''
-of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
-section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition.
-
-The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
-states that this License applies to the Document.  These Warranty
-Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
-License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
-implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
-no effect on the meaning of this License.
-
 @item
 VERBATIM COPYING
 
@@ -146,10 +118,9 @@ you may publicly display copies.
 @item
 COPYING IN QUANTITY
 
-If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
-printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
-Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
-copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
+and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
+the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
 Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
 the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
 you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
@@ -167,15 +138,16 @@ pages.
 If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
 more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
 copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
-a computer-network location from which the general network-using
-public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
-a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
-If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
-when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
-that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
-location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
-Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
-edition to the public.
+a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
+Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
+general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
+charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
+option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
+distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
+Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
+until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
+copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
+the public.
 
 It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
 Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
@@ -203,8 +175,7 @@ if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
 List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
 responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
 Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
-Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
-unless they release you from this requirement.
+Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
 
 @item
 State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
@@ -230,10 +201,10 @@ and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
 Include an unaltered copy of this License.
 
 @item
-Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add
-to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+Preserve the section entitled ``History'', and its title, and add to
+it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
 publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
-there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
+there is no section entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
 stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
 given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
 Version as stated in the previous sentence.
@@ -248,10 +219,10 @@ least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
 publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
 
 @item
-For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve
-the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
-substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
-dedications given therein.
+In any section entitled ``Acknowledgments'' or ``Dedications'',
+preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
+substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgments
+and/or dedications given therein.
 
 @item
 Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
@@ -259,15 +230,12 @@ unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
 or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
 
 @item
-Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''.  Such a section
+Delete any section entitled ``Endorsements''.  Such a section
 may not be included in the Modified Version.
 
 @item
-Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or
-to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
-
-@item
-Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
+Do not retitle any existing section as ``Endorsements''
+or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
 @end enumerate
 
 If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
@@ -277,7 +245,7 @@ of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
 list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
 These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
 
-You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
+You may add a section entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
 nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
 parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
 been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
@@ -305,7 +273,7 @@ License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
 versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
 Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
 list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
-license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
+license notice.
 
 The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
 multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
@@ -316,11 +284,11 @@ author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
 Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
 Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
 
-In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History''
-in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
-``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
-and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''.  You must delete all
-sections Entitled ``Endorsements.''
+In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled ``History''
+in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
+``History''; likewise combine any sections entitled ``Acknowledgments'',
+and any sections entitled ``Dedications''.  You must delete all sections
+entitled ``Endorsements.''
 
 @item
 COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
@@ -341,20 +309,18 @@ AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
 
 A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
 and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
-distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
-resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
-of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
-When the Document is included an aggregate, this License does not
-apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
-derivative works of the Document.
+distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
+of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
+compilation.  Such a compilation is called an ``aggregate'', and this
+License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
+with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
+are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
 
 If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
-copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
-the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
-covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
-electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
-Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
-aggregate.
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
+of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
+Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
 
 @item
 TRANSLATION
@@ -365,17 +331,10 @@ Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
 permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
 translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
 original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
-translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
-Document, and any Warrany Disclaimers, provided that you also include
-the original English version of this License and the original versions
-of those notices and disclaimers.  In case of a disagreement between
-the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
-or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
-
-If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
-``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
-its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
-title.
+translation of this License provided that you also include the
+original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
+between the translation and the original English version of this
+License, the original English version will prevail.
 
 @item
 TERMINATION
@@ -418,28 +377,19 @@ license notices just after the title page:
 @group
   Copyright (C)  @var{year}  @var{your name}.
   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-  under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+  under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
   or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-  with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
+  with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with the
+  Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts being @var{list}.
   A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
   Free Documentation License''.
 @end group
 @end smallexample
 
-If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
-replace the ``with...Texts.'' line with this:
-
-@smallexample
-@group
-    with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with
-    the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts
-    being @var{list}.
-@end group
-@end smallexample
-
-If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
-combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
-situation.
+If you have no Invariant Sections, write ``with no Invariant Sections''
+instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
+Front-Cover Texts, write ``no Front-Cover Texts'' instead of
+``Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}''; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
 
 If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
 recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
@@ -449,4 +399,3 @@ to permit their use in free software.
 @c Local Variables:
 @c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict"
 @c End:
-

doc/version.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+@set UPDATED 25 February 2002
+@set UPDATED-MONTH February 2002
+@set EDITION 1.33a
+@set VERSION 1.33a

intl/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Makefile

intl/ChangeLog

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+2001-09-13  GNU  <[email protected]>
+
+	* Version 0.10.40 released.
+

intl/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
+# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+top_builddir = ..
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+libdir = @libdir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+localedir = $(datadir)/locale
+gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
+aliaspath = $(localedir)
+subdir = intl
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
+
+l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
+
+AR = ar
+CC = @CC@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
+YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
+
+DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
+-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+
+COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
+
+HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgnuintl.h libgettext.h loadinfo.h
+COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
+SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c
+COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
+finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
+explodename.c dcigettext.c dcngettext.c dngettext.c ngettext.c plural.y \
+localcharset.c
+OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
+finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
+explodename.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dngettext.$lo ngettext.$lo \
+plural.$lo localcharset.$lo
+GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
+DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
+config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
+DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
+DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc
+DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c
+
+# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
+# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
+# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
+# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
+# change these values.
+LTV_CURRENT=1
+LTV_REVISION=1
+LTV_AGE=0
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
+.c.o:
+	$(COMPILE) $<
+.c.lo:
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
+
+.y.c:
+	$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
+	rm -f $*.h
+
+.sin.sed:
+	sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@
+	mv t-$@ $@
+
+INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
+
+all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
+all-no-no:
+
+libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
+	rm -f $@
+	$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
+	$(RANLIB) $@
+
+libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
+	  $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
+	  $(OBJECTS) @LIBICONV@ \
+	  -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
+	  -rpath $(libdir) \
+	  -no-undefined
+
+libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
+	cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h libintl.h
+
+charset.alias: config.charset
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
+	mv t-$@ $@
+
+check: all
+
+# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext.  Packages which
+# only use the library should use install instead.
+
+# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
+# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
+# separate library.
+# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
+# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
+install: install-exec install-data
+install-exec: all
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
+	   && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+	  temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
+	  dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
+	    orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+	    sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	    rm -f $$temp; \
+	  else \
+	    if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
+	      orig=charset.alias; \
+	      sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	      rm -f $$temp; \
+	    fi; \
+	  fi; \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
+	  test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+	    && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+	    || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
+	  temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+	  dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+	  sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	  rm -f $$temp; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+install-data: all
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
+	  dists="COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
+	  for file in $$dists; do \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
+			    $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	  chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
+	  dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
+	  for file in $$dists; do \
+	    if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
+			    $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	  dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
+	  for file in $$dists; do \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
+installcheck:
+
+uninstall:
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
+	   && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
+	    temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
+	    dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+	    sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+	    if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+	      rm -f $$dest; \
+	    else \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	    fi; \
+	    rm -f $$temp; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
+	    temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+	    dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+	    sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+	    if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+	      rm -f $$dest; \
+	    else \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	    fi; \
+	    rm -f $$temp; \
+	  fi; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
+	  for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+info dvi:
+
+$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h
+bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
+dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+id: ID
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+
+mostlyclean:
+	rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.lo core core.*
+	rm -f libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+	rm -f -r .libs _libs
+
+clean: mostlyclean
+
+distclean: clean
+	rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
+	  rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+maintainer-clean: distclean
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+
+
+# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
+# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
+distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+dist distdir: Makefile
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
+	  additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
+	else \
+	  additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
+	fi; \
+	$(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
+	for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
+	  if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  ln $$dir/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
+	    || cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
+	done
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
+	cd .. \
+	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

intl/VERSION

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.40

intl/bindtextdom.c

@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
+# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>.  */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs.  */
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains.  */
+extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
+# ifndef strdup
+#  define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__
+#endif
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
+					const char **dirnamep,
+					const char **codesetp));
+     
+/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
+   to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
+   If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
+   modified, only the current value is returned.
+   If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
+   modified nor returned.  */
+static void
+set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char **dirnamep;
+     const char **codesetp;
+{
+  struct binding *binding;
+  int modified;
+
+  /* Some sanity checks.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      if (dirnamep)
+	*dirnamep = NULL;
+      if (codesetp)
+	*codesetp = NULL;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  modified = 0;
+
+  for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+    {
+      int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+      if (compare == 0)
+	/* We found it!  */
+	break;
+      if (compare < 0)
+	{
+	  /* It is not in the list.  */
+	  binding = NULL;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (binding != NULL)
+    {
+      if (dirnamep)
+	{
+	  const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+	  if (dirname == NULL)
+	    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
+	    *dirnamep = binding->dirname;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
+		 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
+		 old binding.  */
+	      char *result = binding->dirname;
+	      if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
+		{
+		  if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+		    result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+		  else
+		    {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		      result = strdup (dirname);
+#else
+		      size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+		      result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		      if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+			memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+		    }
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    {
+		      if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+			free (binding->dirname);
+
+		      binding->dirname = result;
+		      modified = 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	      *dirnamep = result;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (codesetp)
+	{
+	  const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+	  if (codeset == NULL)
+	    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
+	    *codesetp = binding->codeset;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
+		 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
+		 old binding.  */
+	      char *result = binding->codeset;
+	      if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
+		{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		  result = strdup (codeset);
+#else
+		  size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+		  result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    {
+		      if (binding->codeset != NULL)
+			free (binding->codeset);
+
+		      binding->codeset = result;
+		      binding->codeset_cntr++;
+		      modified = 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	      *codesetp = result;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
+	   && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
+    {
+      /* Simply return the default values.  */
+      if (dirnamep)
+	*dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
+      if (codesetp)
+	*codesetp = NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We have to create a new binding.  */
+      size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+      struct binding *new_binding =
+	(struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
+
+      if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
+	goto failed;
+
+      memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
+
+      if (dirnamep)
+	{
+	  const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+	  if (dirname == NULL)
+	    /* The default value.  */
+	    dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+		dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
+	      else
+		{
+		  char *result;
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		  result = strdup (dirname);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		    goto failed_dirname;
+#else
+		  size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+		  result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		    goto failed_dirname;
+		  memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+		  dirname = result;
+		}
+	    }
+	  *dirnamep = dirname;
+	  new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
+	}
+      else
+	/* The default value.  */
+	new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+
+      new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
+
+      if (codesetp)
+	{
+	  const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+	  if (codeset != NULL)
+	    {
+	      char *result;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+	      result = strdup (codeset);
+	      if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		goto failed_codeset;
+#else
+	      size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+	      result = (char *) malloc (len);
+	      if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		goto failed_codeset;
+	      memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+	      codeset = result;
+	      new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
+	    }
+	  *codesetp = codeset;
+	  new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
+	}
+      else
+	new_binding->codeset = NULL;
+
+      /* Now enqueue it.  */
+      if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
+	  || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
+	{
+	  new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
+	  _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
+	  while (binding->next != NULL
+		 && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
+	    binding = binding->next;
+
+	  new_binding->next = binding->next;
+	  binding->next = new_binding;
+	}
+
+      modified = 1;
+
+      /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures.  */
+      if (0)
+	{
+	failed_codeset:
+	  if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+	    free (new_binding->dirname);
+	failed_dirname:
+	  free (new_binding);
+	failed:
+	  if (dirnamep)
+	    *dirnamep = NULL;
+	  if (codesetp)
+	    *codesetp = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches.  */
+  if (modified)
+    ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+}
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+char *
+BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *dirname;
+{
+  set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
+  return (char *) dirname;
+}
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
+char *
+BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *codeset;
+{
+  set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
+  return (char *) codeset;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
+weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
+#endif

intl/config.charset

@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# The table consists of lines of the form
+#    ALIAS  CANONICAL
+#
+# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
+# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
+#
+# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
+# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
+# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
+# MIME charset name is preferred.
+# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
+#
+#       name                         used by which systems         a MIME name?
+#   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968     glibc solaris freebsd
+#   ISO-8859-1                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-2                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-3                glibc                                     yes
+#   ISO-8859-4                osf solaris freebsd                       yes
+#   ISO-8859-5                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-6                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
+#   ISO-8859-7                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-8                glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
+#   ISO-8859-9                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-13               glibc
+#   ISO-8859-15               glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
+#   KOI8-R                    glibc solaris freebsd                     yes
+#   KOI8-U                    glibc freebsd                             yes
+#   CP437                     dos
+#   CP775                     dos
+#   CP850                     aix osf dos
+#   CP852                     dos
+#   CP855                     dos
+#   CP856                     aix
+#   CP857                     dos
+#   CP861                     dos
+#   CP862                     dos
+#   CP864                     dos
+#   CP865                     dos
+#   CP866                     freebsd dos
+#   CP869                     dos
+#   CP874                     win32 dos
+#   CP922                     aix
+#   CP932                     aix win32 dos
+#   CP943                     aix
+#   CP949                     osf win32 dos
+#   CP950                     win32 dos
+#   CP1046                    aix
+#   CP1124                    aix
+#   CP1129                    aix
+#   CP1250                    win32
+#   CP1251                    glibc win32
+#   CP1252                    aix win32
+#   CP1253                    win32
+#   CP1254                    win32
+#   CP1255                    win32
+#   CP1256                    win32
+#   CP1257                    win32
+#   GB2312                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd       yes
+#   EUC-JP                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   EUC-KR                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   EUC-TW                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
+#   BIG5                      glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd        yes
+#   BIG5-HKSCS                glibc
+#   GBK                       aix osf win32 dos
+#   GB18030                   glibc
+#   SHIFT_JIS                 hpux osf solaris freebsd                  yes
+#   JOHAB                     glibc win32
+#   TIS-620                   glibc aix hpux osf solaris
+#   VISCII                    glibc                                     yes
+#   HP-ROMAN8                 hpux
+#   HP-ARABIC8                hpux
+#   HP-GREEK8                 hpux
+#   HP-HEBREW8                hpux
+#   HP-TURKISH8               hpux
+#   HP-KANA8                  hpux
+#   DEC-KANJI                 osf
+#   DEC-HANYU                 osf
+#   UTF-8                     glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
+#
+# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
+# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
+#
+# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
+# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+
+host="$1"
+os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
+echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
+echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
+# List of references, updated during installation:
+echo "# Packages using this file: "
+case "$os" in
+    linux* | *-gnu*)
+	# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
+	# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
+	# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
+	# need to install the alias file at all.
+	# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
+	echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
+	;;
+    aix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "IBM-850 CP850"
+	echo "IBM-856 CP856"
+	echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
+	echo "IBM-922 CP922"
+	echo "IBM-932 CP932"
+	echo "IBM-943 CP943"
+	echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
+	echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
+	echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
+	echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
+	echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    hpux*)
+	echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
+	echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
+	echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
+	echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
+	echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
+	echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
+	echo "tis620 TIS-620"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "hp15CN GB2312"
+	#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
+	echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "utf8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    irix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	;;
+    osf*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "cp850 CP850"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
+	echo "dechanzi GB2312"
+	echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
+	echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "KSC5601 CP949"
+	echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
+	echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    solaris*)
+	echo "646 ASCII"
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
+	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "gb2312 GB2312"
+	echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
+	echo "5601 EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
+	#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    freebsd*)
+	# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
+	for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
+	  echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
+	done
+	for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
+	         fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
+	         lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	  echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	done
+	for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	done
+	for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	done
+	for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
+	  echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	  echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
+	done
+	echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
+	echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
+	echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
+	echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
+	;;
+    beos*)
+	# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
+	echo "* UTF-8"
+	;;
+    msdosdjgpp*)
+	# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "#"
+	echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
+	echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
+	echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
+	echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
+	echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <[email protected]>"
+	echo "# and Bruno Haible <[email protected]>."
+	echo "#"
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	# ISO-8859-1 languages
+	echo "ca CP850"
+	echo "ca_ES CP850"
+	echo "da CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "de CP850"
+	echo "de_AT CP850"
+	echo "de_CH CP850"
+	echo "de_DE CP850"
+	echo "en CP850"
+	echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "en_CA CP850"
+	echo "en_GB CP850"
+	echo "en_NZ CP437"
+	echo "en_US CP437"
+	echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "es CP850"
+	echo "es_AR CP850"
+	echo "es_BO CP850"
+	echo "es_CL CP850"
+	echo "es_CO CP850"
+	echo "es_CR CP850"
+	echo "es_CU CP850"
+	echo "es_DO CP850"
+	echo "es_EC CP850"
+	echo "es_ES CP850"
+	echo "es_GT CP850"
+	echo "es_HN CP850"
+	echo "es_MX CP850"
+	echo "es_NI CP850"
+	echo "es_PA CP850"
+	echo "es_PY CP850"
+	echo "es_PE CP850"
+	echo "es_SV CP850"
+	echo "es_UY CP850"
+	echo "es_VE CP850"
+	echo "et CP850"
+	echo "et_EE CP850"
+	echo "eu CP850"
+	echo "eu_ES CP850"
+	echo "fi CP850"
+	echo "fi_FI CP850"
+	echo "fr CP850"
+	echo "fr_BE CP850"
+	echo "fr_CA CP850"
+	echo "fr_CH CP850"
+	echo "fr_FR CP850"
+	echo "ga CP850"
+	echo "ga_IE CP850"
+	echo "gd CP850"
+	echo "gd_GB CP850"
+	echo "gl CP850"
+	echo "gl_ES CP850"
+	echo "id CP850"    # not CP437 ??
+	echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "is CP861"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "it CP850"
+	echo "it_CH CP850"
+	echo "it_IT CP850"
+	echo "lt CP775"
+	echo "lt_LT CP775"
+	echo "lv CP775"
+	echo "lv_LV CP775"
+	echo "nb CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nl CP850"
+	echo "nl_BE CP850"
+	echo "nl_NL CP850"
+	echo "nn CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "pt CP850"
+	echo "pt_BR CP850"
+	echo "pt_PT CP850"
+	echo "sv CP850"
+	echo "sv_SE CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-2 languages
+	echo "cs CP852"
+	echo "cs_CZ CP852"
+	echo "hr CP852"
+	echo "hr_HR CP852"
+	echo "hu CP852"
+	echo "hu_HU CP852"
+	echo "pl CP852"
+	echo "pl_PL CP852"
+	echo "ro CP852"
+	echo "ro_RO CP852"
+	echo "sk CP852"
+	echo "sk_SK CP852"
+	echo "sl CP852"
+	echo "sl_SI CP852"
+	echo "sq CP852"
+	echo "sq_AL CP852"
+	echo "sr CP852"    # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	# ISO-8859-3 languages
+	echo "mt CP850"
+	echo "mt_MT CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-5 languages
+	echo "be CP866"
+	echo "be_BE CP866"
+	echo "bg CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "ru KOI8-R"    # not CP866 ??
+	echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
+	# ISO-8859-6 languages
+	echo "ar CP864"
+	echo "ar_AE CP864"
+	echo "ar_DZ CP864"
+	echo "ar_EG CP864"
+	echo "ar_IQ CP864"
+	echo "ar_IR CP864"
+	echo "ar_JO CP864"
+	echo "ar_KW CP864"
+	echo "ar_MA CP864"
+	echo "ar_OM CP864"
+	echo "ar_QA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SY CP864"
+	# ISO-8859-7 languages
+	echo "el CP869"
+	echo "el_GR CP869"
+	# ISO-8859-8 languages
+	echo "he CP862"
+	echo "he_IL CP862"
+	# ISO-8859-9 languages
+	echo "tr CP857"
+	echo "tr_TR CP857"
+	# Japanese
+	echo "ja CP932"
+	echo "ja_JP CP932"
+	# Chinese
+	echo "zh_CN GBK"
+	echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
+	# Korean
+	echo "kr CP949"    # not CP934 ??
+	echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
+	# Thai
+	echo "th CP874"
+	echo "th_TH CP874"
+	# Other
+	echo "eo CP850"
+	echo "eo_EO CP850"
+	;;
+esac

intl/dcgettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+char *
+DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+     int category;
+{
+  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
+#endif

intl/dcngettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+char *
+DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     int category;
+{
+  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
+#endif

intl/dgettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+#else
+# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
+# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+char *
+DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
+#endif

intl/dngettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form.  */
+char *
+DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
+#endif

intl/explodename.c

@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+char *
+_nl_find_language (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
+	 && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
+    ++name;
+
+  return (char *) name;
+}
+
+
+int
+_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
+		  normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
+     char *name;
+     const char **language;
+     const char **modifier;
+     const char **territory;
+     const char **codeset;
+     const char **normalized_codeset;
+     const char **special;
+     const char **sponsor;
+     const char **revision;
+{
+  enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
+  char *cp;
+  int mask;
+
+  *modifier = NULL;
+  *territory = NULL;
+  *codeset = NULL;
+  *normalized_codeset = NULL;
+  *special = NULL;
+  *sponsor = NULL;
+  *revision = NULL;
+
+  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
+     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+     we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax.  */
+  mask = 0;
+  syntax = undecided;
+  *language = cp = name;
+  cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
+
+  if (*language == cp)
+    /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified.  Use
+       this entry as it is without exploding.  Perhaps it is an alias.  */
+    cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
+  else if (cp[0] == '_')
+    {
+      /* Next is the territory.  */
+      cp[0] = '\0';
+      *territory = ++cp;
+
+      while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
+	     && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+	++cp;
+
+      mask |= TERRITORY;
+
+      if (cp[0] == '.')
+	{
+	  /* Next is the codeset.  */
+	  syntax = xpg;
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *codeset = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= XPG_CODESET;
+
+	  if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
+	    {
+	      *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
+							   cp - *codeset);
+	      if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
+		free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
+	      else
+		mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
+    {
+      /* Next is the modifier.  */
+      syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
+      cp[0] = '\0';
+      *modifier = ++cp;
+
+      while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
+	     && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+	++cp;
+
+      mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
+    }
+
+  if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
+    {
+      syntax = cen;
+
+      if (cp[0] == '+')
+	{
+ 	  /* Next is special application (CEN syntax).  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *special = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
+	}
+
+      if (cp[0] == ',')
+	{
+ 	  /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax).  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *sponsor = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
+	}
+
+      if (cp[0] == '_')
+	{
+ 	  /* Next is revision (CEN syntax).  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *revision = ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= CEN_REVISION;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
+     separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax.  */
+  if (syntax == xpg)
+    {
+      if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
+	mask &= ~TERRITORY;
+
+      if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
+	mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
+
+      if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
+	mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
+    }
+
+  return mask;
+}

intl/finddomain.c

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+/* List of already loaded domains.  */
+static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
+
+
+/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
+   the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
+   established bindings.  */
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
+     const char *dirname;
+     char *locale;
+     const char *domainname;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+  const char *language;
+  const char *modifier;
+  const char *territory;
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *normalized_codeset;
+  const char *special;
+  const char *sponsor;
+  const char *revision;
+  const char *alias_value;
+  int mask;
+
+  /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
+
+		language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
+
+     and six parts for the CEN syntax:
+
+	language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
+
+     Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing.  If
+     the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
+     looked for.  The various parts will be stripped off according to
+     the following order:
+		(1) revision
+		(2) sponsor
+		(3) special
+		(4) codeset
+		(5) normalized codeset
+		(6) territory
+		(7) audience/modifier
+   */
+
+  /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
+     be one data set in the list of loaded domains.  */
+  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+			       strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
+			       NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
+  if (retval != NULL)
+    {
+      /* We know something about this locale.  */
+      int cnt;
+
+      if (retval->decided == 0)
+	_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+
+      if (retval->data != NULL)
+	return retval;
+
+      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+	    break;
+	}
+      return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+    }
+
+  /* See whether the locale value is an alias.  If yes its value
+     *overwrites* the alias name.  No test for the original value is
+     done.  */
+  alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
+  if (alias_value != NULL)
+    {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+      locale = strdup (alias_value);
+      if (locale == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+#else
+      size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
+      locale = (char *) malloc (len);
+      if (locale == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+      memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
+     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+     we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax.  */
+  mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
+			   &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
+			   &sponsor, &revision);
+
+  /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
+     generalization.  */
+  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+			       strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
+			       codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+			       sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
+  if (retval == NULL)
+    /* This means we are out of core.  */
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (retval->decided == 0)
+    _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+  if (retval->data == NULL)
+    {
+      int cnt;
+      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated.  Free it now.  */
+  if (alias_value != NULL)
+    free (locale);
+
+  /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated.  Free it.  */
+  if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
+    free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
+
+  while (runp != NULL)
+    {
+      struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
+      if (runp->data != NULL)
+	_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
+      runp = runp->next;
+      free ((char *) here->filename);
+      free (here);
+    }
+}
+
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif

intl/gettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define GETTEXT __gettext
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+#else
+# define GETTEXT gettext__
+# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+char *
+GETTEXT (msgid)
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
+#endif

intl/gettext.h

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
+#define _GETTEXT_H 1
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format.  */
+#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
+#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
+
+/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format.  */
+#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
+
+/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
+   to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide.  An
+   alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
+   as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
+   when cross-compiling.  */
+
+#if __STDC__
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
+#else
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
+#endif
+
+/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
+   This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
+   that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
+   (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types.  */
+
+#ifndef UINT_MAX
+# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
+#else
+# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
+# else
+#  if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
+#  else
+  /* The following line is intended to throw an error.  Using #error is
+     not portable enough.  */
+  "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Header for binary .mo file format.  */
+struct mo_file_header
+{
+  /* The magic number.  */
+  nls_uint32 magic;
+  /* The revision number of the file format.  */
+  nls_uint32 revision;
+  /* The number of strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 nstrings;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
+  /* Size of hashing table.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
+  /* Offset of first hashing entry.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
+};
+
+struct string_desc
+{
+  /* Length of addressed string.  */
+  nls_uint32 length;
+  /* Offset of string in file.  */
+  nls_uint32 offset;
+};
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif	/* gettext.h  */

intl/gettextP.h

@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
+#define _GETTEXTP_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>		/* Get size_t.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+#  include <iconv.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+#include "gettext.h"		/* Get nls_uint32.  */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+   almost always true or almost always false.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef W
+# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <byteswap.h>
+# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
+#else
+static inline nls_uint32
+SWAP (i)
+     nls_uint32 i;
+{
+  return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
+   plural form.  */
+struct expression
+{
+  int nargs;			/* Number of arguments.  */
+  enum operator
+  {
+    /* Without arguments:  */
+    var,			/* The variable "n".  */
+    num,			/* Decimal number.  */
+    /* Unary operators:  */
+    lnot,			/* Logical NOT.  */
+    /* Binary operators:  */
+    mult,			/* Multiplication.  */
+    divide,			/* Division.  */
+    module,			/* Module operation.  */
+    plus,			/* Addition.  */
+    minus,			/* Subtraction.  */
+    less_than,			/* Comparison.  */
+    greater_than,		/* Comparison.  */
+    less_or_equal,		/* Comparison.  */
+    greater_or_equal,		/* Comparison.  */
+    equal,			/* Comparision for equality.  */
+    not_equal,			/* Comparision for inequality.  */
+    land,			/* Logical AND.  */
+    lor,			/* Logical OR.  */
+    /* Ternary operators:  */
+    qmop			/* Question mark operator.  */
+  } operation;
+  union
+  {
+    unsigned long int num;	/* Number value for `num'.  */
+    struct expression *args[3];	/* Up to three arguments.  */
+  } val;
+};
+
+/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
+   the result in a thread-safe way.  */
+struct parse_args
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  struct expression *res;
+};
+
+
+/* The representation of an opened message catalog.  */
+struct loaded_domain
+{
+  const char *data;
+  int use_mmap;
+  size_t mmap_size;
+  int must_swap;
+  nls_uint32 nstrings;
+  struct string_desc *orig_tab;
+  struct string_desc *trans_tab;
+  nls_uint32 hash_size;
+  nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
+  int codeset_cntr;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __gconv_t conv;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+  iconv_t conv;
+# endif
+#endif
+  char **conv_tab;
+
+  struct expression *plural;
+  unsigned long int nplurals;
+};
+
+/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct.  But ISO C
+   doesn't allow zero sized arrays.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define ZERO 0
+#else
+# define ZERO 1
+#endif
+
+/* A set of settings bound to a message domain.  Used to store settings
+   from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset().  */
+struct binding
+{
+  struct binding *next;
+  char *dirname;
+  int codeset_cntr;	/* Incremented each time codeset changes.  */
+  char *codeset;
+  char domainname[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
+   become invalid.
+   This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl.  */
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
+						 char *__locale,
+						 const char *__domainname,
+					      struct binding *__domainbinding))
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
+			      struct binding *__domainbinding))
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+     internal_function;
+const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
+					  struct loaded_domain *__domain,
+					  struct binding *__domainbinding))
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+     internal_function;
+
+char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
+			    struct binding *domainbinding,
+			    const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
+     internal_function;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				 const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				 unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				  unsigned long int n));
+extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				   unsigned long int __n, int __category));
+extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				   int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+				   int __category));
+extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				       const char *__dirname));
+extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+						const char *__codeset));
+#else
+extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				 const char *__msgid));
+extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *ngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				 unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *dngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				  unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *dcngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				   unsigned long int __n, int __category));
+extern char *dcigettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				   int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+				   int __category));
+extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				       const char *__dirname));
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+						const char *__codeset));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern void __gettext_free_exp PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
+     internal_function;
+extern int __gettextparse PARAMS ((void *arg));
+#else
+extern void gettext_free_exp__ PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
+     internal_function;
+extern int gettextparse__ PARAMS ((void *arg));
+#endif
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif /* gettextP.h  */

intl/hash-string.h

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits.  */
+#define HASHWORDBITS 32
+
+
+/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
+   [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
+   1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.]  */
+static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
+
+static inline unsigned long int
+hash_string (str_param)
+     const char *str_param;
+{
+  unsigned long int hval, g;
+  const char *str = str_param;
+
+  /* Compute the hash value for the given string.  */
+  hval = 0;
+  while (*str != '\0')
+    {
+      hval <<= 4;
+      hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
+      g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
+      if (g != 0)
+	{
+	  hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
+	  hval ^= g;
+	}
+    }
+  return hval;
+}

intl/intl-compat.c

@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
+   Library.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2001 Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "libgnuintl.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix or suffix) to
+   those defined in the included GNU gettext library (with "__" suffix).
+   It is compiled into libintl when the included GNU gettext library is
+   configured --with-included-gettext.
+
+   This redirection works also in the case that the system C library or
+   the system libintl library contain gettext/textdomain/... functions.
+   If it didn't, we would need to add preprocessor level redirections to
+   libgnuintl.h of the following form:
+
+#    define gettext gettext__
+#    define dgettext dgettext__
+#    define dcgettext dcgettext__
+#    define ngettext ngettext__
+#    define dngettext dngettext__
+#    define dcngettext dcngettext__
+#    define textdomain textdomain__
+#    define bindtextdomain bindtextdomain__
+#    define bind_textdomain_codeset bind_textdomain_codeset__
+
+   How does this redirection work? There are two cases.
+   A. When libintl.a is linked into an executable, it works because
+      functions defined in the executable always override functions in
+      the shared libraries.
+   B. When libintl.so is used, it works because
+      1. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in the C library
+         (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer) are
+         ELF systems and define these symbols as weak, thus explicitly
+         letting other shared libraries override it.
+      2. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in a standalone
+         libintl.so library (namely, Solaris 2.3 and newer) have this
+         shared library in /usr/lib, and the linker will search /usr/lib
+         *after* the directory where the GNU gettext library is installed.
+
+   A third case, namely when libintl.a is linked into a shared library
+   whose name is not libintl.so, is not supported. In this case, on
+   Solaris, when -lintl precedes the linker option for the shared library
+   containing GNU gettext, the system's gettext would indeed override
+   the GNU gettext. Anyone doing this kind of stuff must be clever enough
+   to 1. compile libintl.a with -fPIC, 2. remove -lintl from his linker
+   command line.  */
+
+
+#undef gettext
+#undef dgettext
+#undef dcgettext
+#undef ngettext
+#undef dngettext
+#undef dcngettext
+#undef textdomain
+#undef bindtextdomain
+#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
+
+
+char *
+gettext (msgid)
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return gettext__ (msgid);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dgettext (domainname, msgid)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+     int category;
+{
+  return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
+}
+
+
+char *
+ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return ngettext__ (msgid1, msgid2, n);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return dngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     int category;
+{
+  return dcngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
+}
+
+
+char *
+textdomain (domainname)
+     const char *domainname;
+{
+  return textdomain__ (domainname);
+}
+
+
+char *
+bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *dirname;
+{
+  return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
+}
+
+
+char *
+bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *codeset;
+{
+  return bind_textdomain_codeset__ (domainname, codeset);
+}

intl/l10nflist.c

@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+#  define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
+# include <argz.h>
+#endif
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# ifndef stpcpy
+#  define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Define function which are usually not available.  */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ.  */
+static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
+
+static size_t
+argz_count__ (argz, len)
+     const char *argz;
+     size_t len;
+{
+  size_t count = 0;
+  while (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+      argz += part_len + 1;
+      len -= part_len + 1;
+      count++;
+    }
+  return count;
+}
+# undef __argz_count
+# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
+   except the last into the character SEP.  */
+static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
+
+static void
+argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+     char *argz;
+     size_t len;
+     int sep;
+{
+  while (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+      argz += part_len;
+      len -= part_len + 1;
+      if (len > 0)
+	*argz++ = sep;
+    }
+}
+# undef __argz_stringify
+# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
+				  const char *entry));
+
+static char *
+argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
+     char *argz;
+     size_t argz_len;
+     const char *entry;
+{
+  if (entry)
+    {
+      if (entry < argz + argz_len)
+        entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
+
+      return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
+    }
+  else
+    if (argz_len > 0)
+      return argz;
+    else
+      return 0;
+}
+# undef __argz_next
+# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
+
+
+/* Return number of bits set in X.  */
+static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
+
+static inline int
+pop (x)
+     int x;
+{
+  /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used.  */
+  x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
+  x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
+  x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
+  x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
+
+  return x;
+}
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
+		    territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+		    sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
+     const char *dirlist;
+     size_t dirlist_len;
+     int mask;
+     const char *language;
+     const char *territory;
+     const char *codeset;
+     const char *normalized_codeset;
+     const char *modifier;
+     const char *special;
+     const char *sponsor;
+     const char *revision;
+     const char *filename;
+     int do_allocate;
+{
+  char *abs_filename;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+  char *cp;
+  size_t entries;
+  int cnt;
+
+  /* Allocate room for the full file name.  */
+  abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+				  + strlen (language)
+				  + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
+				     ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+				     ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
+				     ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
+				  + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
+				      || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
+				     ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
+				     ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
+				  + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+				      || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+				     ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+					     ? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0)
+					+ ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
+					   ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
+				  + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
+
+  if (abs_filename == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  retval = NULL;
+  last = NULL;
+
+  /* Construct file name.  */
+  memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
+  __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
+  cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
+  *cp++ = '/';
+  cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
+
+  if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '_';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
+    }
+  if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '.';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
+    }
+  if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '.';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
+    }
+  if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
+    {
+      /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
+	 leading characters.  For CEN we use `+', else `@'.  */
+      *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
+    }
+  if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '+';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
+    }
+  if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = ',';
+      if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
+	cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
+      if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+	{
+	  *cp++ = '_';
+	  cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
+	}
+    }
+
+  *cp++ = '/';
+  stpcpy (cp, filename);
+
+  /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
+     available.  */
+  last = NULL;
+  for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
+    if (retval->filename != NULL)
+      {
+	int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
+	if (compare == 0)
+	  /* We found it!  */
+	  break;
+	if (compare < 0)
+	  {
+	    /* It's not in the list.  */
+	    retval = NULL;
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+	last = retval;
+      }
+
+  if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
+    {
+      free (abs_filename);
+      return retval;
+    }
+
+  retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
+    malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
+				* (1 << pop (mask))
+				* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
+  if (retval == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  retval->filename = abs_filename;
+  retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
+		     || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+			 && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
+  retval->data = NULL;
+
+  if (last == NULL)
+    {
+      retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
+      *l10nfile_list = retval;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      retval->next = last->next;
+      last->next = retval;
+    }
+
+  entries = 0;
+  /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to
+     a real file.  So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism
+     of the inner loop.  */
+  cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
+  for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
+    if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
+	&& ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
+	&& ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
+      {
+	/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST.  */
+	char *dir = NULL;
+
+	while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
+	       != NULL)
+	  retval->successor[entries++]
+	    = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
+				  language, territory, codeset,
+				  normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+				  sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
+      }
+  retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
+   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+   names.  The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+   freed by the caller.  */
+const char *
+_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
+     const char *codeset;
+     size_t name_len;
+{
+  int len = 0;
+  int only_digit = 1;
+  char *retval;
+  char *wp;
+  size_t cnt;
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+    if (isalnum (codeset[cnt]))
+      {
+	++len;
+
+	if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
+	  only_digit = 0;
+      }
+
+  retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
+
+  if (retval != NULL)
+    {
+      if (only_digit)
+	wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
+      else
+	wp = retval;
+
+      for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+	if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
+	  *wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]);
+	else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt]))
+	  *wp++ = codeset[cnt];
+
+      *wp = '\0';
+    }
+
+  return (const char *) retval;
+}
+
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
+   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
+   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+   to be defined.  */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+     char *dest;
+     const char *src;
+{
+  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+    /* Do nothing. */ ;
+  return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif

intl/libgettext.h

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option.  */
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions.  */
+# include <libintl.h>
+
+#else
+
+# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) (Domainname))
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) (Dirname))
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((char *) (Codeset))
+
+#endif
+
+/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
+   translation is needed.  Instead the string itself is the result.  */
+#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
+
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */

intl/libgnuintl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H	1
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
+   gettext() and dgettext().  It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
+   On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
+   On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H then includes <libintl.h> (i.e.
+   this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES.  To avoid a redefinition
+   warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case.  */
+#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H
+# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
+#endif
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+   implementation of gettext.  */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP.  GNU gettext takes
+   precedence over _conio_gettext.  */
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+# undef gettext
+# define gettext gettext
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+				int __category));
+
+
+/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+			       unsigned long int __n));
+
+/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+				const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n));
+
+/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+				 const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
+				 int __category));
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				     const char *__dirname));
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+					      const char *__codeset));
+
+
+/* Optimized version of the functions above.  */
+#if defined __OPTIMIZED
+/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions.  */
+
+# define gettext(msgid)							      \
+  dgettext (NULL, msgid)
+
+# define dgettext(domainname, msgid)					      \
+  dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n)					      \
+  dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+
+# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)			      \
+  dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#endif /* Optimizing. */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */

intl/loadinfo.h

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 1996.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
+#define _LOADINFO_H	1
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+   almost always true or almost always false.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
+#endif
+
+/* Encoding of locale name parts.  */
+#define CEN_REVISION		1
+#define CEN_SPONSOR		2
+#define CEN_SPECIAL		4
+#define XPG_NORM_CODESET	8
+#define XPG_CODESET		16
+#define TERRITORY		32
+#define CEN_AUDIENCE		64
+#define XPG_MODIFIER		128
+
+#define CEN_SPECIFIC	(CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
+#define XPG_SPECIFIC	(XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile
+{
+  const char *filename;
+  int decided;
+
+  const void *data;
+
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
+};
+
+
+/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
+   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+   names.  The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+   freed by the caller.  */
+extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
+						  size_t name_len));
+
+extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
+			    const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
+			    const char *language, const char *territory,
+			    const char *codeset,
+			    const char *normalized_codeset,
+			    const char *modifier, const char *special,
+			    const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
+			    const char *filename, int do_allocate));
+
+
+extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+/* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by
+   the caller.  */
+extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
+				     const char **modifier,
+				     const char **territory,
+				     const char **codeset,
+				     const char **normalized_codeset,
+				     const char **special,
+				     const char **sponsor,
+				     const char **revision));
+
+extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+#endif	/* loadinfo.h */

intl/loadmsgcat.c

@@ -0,0 +1,567 @@
+/* Load needed message catalogs.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <langinfo.h>
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
+    || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES)
+# include <sys/mman.h>
+# undef HAVE_MMAP
+# define HAVE_MMAP	1
+#else
+# undef HAVE_MMAP
+#endif
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ISO C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define open   __open
+# define close  __close
+# define read   __read
+# define mmap   __mmap
+# define munmap __munmap
+#endif
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
+#else
+# define PLURAL_PARSE gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+   some additional code emulating it.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+#else
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
+   O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */
+#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
+  /* For MSC-compatible compilers.  */
+# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
+# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
+#endif
+#ifdef __BEOS__
+  /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect.  */
+# undef O_BINARY
+# undef O_TEXT
+#endif
+/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default.  */
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
+   with all translations.  This is important if the translations are
+   cached by one of GCC's features.  */
+int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
+    || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
+
+/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
+   form determination.  It represents the expression  "n != 1".  */
+static const struct expression plvar =
+{
+  .nargs = 0,
+  .operation = var,
+};
+static const struct expression plone =
+{
+  .nargs = 0,
+  .operation = num,
+  .val =
+  {
+    .num = 1
+  }
+};
+static struct expression germanic_plural =
+{
+  .nargs = 2,
+  .operation = not_equal,
+  .val =
+  {
+    .args =
+    {
+      [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
+      [1] = (struct expression *) &plone
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
+
+#else
+
+/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
+   Initialization at run-time.  */
+
+static struct expression plvar;
+static struct expression plone;
+static struct expression germanic_plural;
+
+static void
+init_germanic_plural ()
+{
+  if (plone.val.num == 0)
+    {
+      plvar.nargs = 0;
+      plvar.operation = var;
+
+      plone.nargs = 0;
+      plone.operation = num;
+      plone.val.num = 1;
+
+      germanic_plural.nargs = 2;
+      germanic_plural.operation = not_equal;
+      germanic_plural.val.args[0] = &plvar;
+      germanic_plural.val.args[1] = &plone;
+    }
+}
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.
+   Return the header entry.  */
+const char *
+internal_function
+_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+     struct loaded_domain *domain;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+  /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
+     This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "".  If this
+     entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
+     information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
+     current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion.  */
+  char *nullentry;
+  size_t nullentrylen;
+
+  /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg.  */
+  domain->codeset_cntr =
+    (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+  domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
+# endif
+#endif
+  domain->conv_tab = NULL;
+
+  /* Get the header entry.  */
+  nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen);
+
+  if (nullentry != NULL)
+    {
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+      const char *charsetstr;
+
+      charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
+      if (charsetstr != NULL)
+	{
+	  size_t len;
+	  char *charset;
+	  const char *outcharset;
+
+	  charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
+	  len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
+
+	  charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
+# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
+	  *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
+# else
+	  memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
+	  charset[len] = '\0';
+# endif
+
+	  /* The output charset should normally be determined by the
+	     locale.  But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
+	     set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
+	     this.  Moreover, the value specified through
+	     bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both.  */
+	  if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
+	    outcharset = domainbinding->codeset;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
+	      if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
+		{
+# ifdef _LIBC
+		  outcharset = (*_nl_current[LC_CTYPE])->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (CODESET)].string;
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+		  extern const char *locale_charset (void);
+		  outcharset = locale_charset ();
+#  endif
+# endif
+		}
+	    }
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	  /* We always want to use transliteration.  */
+	  outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
+	  charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL);
+	  if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
+			    GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
+	      != __GCONV_OK)
+	    domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+	  /* When using GNU libiconv, we want to use transliteration.  */
+#   if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
+	  len = strlen (outcharset);
+	  {
+	    char *tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1);
+	    memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len);
+	    memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
+	    outcharset = tmp;
+	  }
+#   endif
+	  domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
+#   if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
+	  freea (outcharset);
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+	  freea (charset);
+	}
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+    }
+
+  return nullentry;
+}
+
+/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.  */
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_free_domain_conv (domain)
+     struct loaded_domain *domain;
+{
+  if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
+    free (domain->conv_tab);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
+    __gconv_close (domain->conv);
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+  if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1)
+    iconv_close (domain->conv);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME.  If it is no valid
+   message catalog do nothing.  */
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+  int fd;
+  size_t size;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  struct stat64 st;
+#else
+  struct stat st;
+#endif
+  struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
+  int use_mmap = 0;
+  struct loaded_domain *domain;
+  const char *nullentry;
+
+  domain_file->decided = 1;
+  domain_file->data = NULL;
+
+  /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file
+     because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after
+     a call to bind_textdomain_codeset).  */
+
+  /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
+     might be NULL.  This can happen when according to the given
+     specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
+     syntax.  */
+  if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Try to open the addressed file.  */
+  fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
+  if (fd == -1)
+    return;
+
+  /* We must know about the size of the file.  */
+  if (
+#ifdef _LIBC
+      __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
+#else
+      __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
+#endif
+      || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0)
+      || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0))
+    {
+      /* Something went wrong.  */
+      close (fd);
+      return;
+    }
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+  /* Now we are ready to load the file.  If mmap() is available we try
+     this first.  If not available or it failed we try to load it.  */
+  data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
+					 MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
+
+  if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1))
+    {
+      /* mmap() call was successful.  */
+      close (fd);
+      use_mmap = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
+     it manually.  */
+  if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
+    {
+      size_t to_read;
+      char *read_ptr;
+
+      data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
+      if (data == NULL)
+	return;
+
+      to_read = size;
+      read_ptr = (char *) data;
+      do
+	{
+	  long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
+	  if (nb <= 0)
+	    {
+#ifdef EINTR
+	      if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR)
+		continue;
+#endif
+	      close (fd);
+	      return;
+	    }
+	  read_ptr += nb;
+	  to_read -= nb;
+	}
+      while (to_read > 0);
+
+      close (fd);
+    }
+
+  /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
+     catalog file.  */
+  if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED,
+			0))
+    {
+      /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+      if (use_mmap)
+	munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+      else
+#endif
+	free (data);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
+  if (domain == NULL)
+    return;
+  domain_file->data = domain;
+
+  domain->data = (char *) data;
+  domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
+  domain->mmap_size = size;
+  domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
+
+  /* Fill in the information about the available tables.  */
+  switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision))
+    {
+    case 0:
+      domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
+      domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *)
+	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
+      domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *)
+	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
+      domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
+      domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *)
+	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset));
+      break;
+    default:
+      /* This is an invalid revision.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+      if (use_mmap)
+	munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+      else
+#endif
+	free (data);
+      free (domain);
+      domain_file->data = NULL;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set
+     the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's
+     specified character set or the locale's character set.  */
+  nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+
+  /* Also look for a plural specification.  */
+  if (nullentry != NULL)
+    {
+      const char *plural;
+      const char *nplurals;
+
+      plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
+      nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
+      if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
+	goto no_plural;
+      else
+	{
+	  /* First get the number.  */
+	  char *endp;
+	  unsigned long int n;
+	  struct parse_args args;
+
+	  nplurals += 9;
+	  while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace (*nplurals))
+	    ++nplurals;
+#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
+	  n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
+#else
+	  for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
+	    n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
+#endif
+	  domain->nplurals = n;
+	  if (nplurals == endp)
+	    goto no_plural;
+
+	  /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
+	     scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
+	     passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
+	     is passed down to the parser.  */
+	  plural += 7;
+	  args.cp = plural;
+	  if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
+	    goto no_plural;
+	  domain->plural = args.res;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
+         for `one', the plural form otherwise.  Yes, this is also what
+         English is using since English is a Germanic language.  */
+    no_plural:
+      INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
+      domain->plural = &germanic_plural;
+      domain->nplurals = 2;
+    }
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_unload_domain (domain)
+     struct loaded_domain *domain;
+{
+  if (domain->plural != &germanic_plural)
+    __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural);
+
+  _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+
+# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
+  if (domain->use_mmap)
+    munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
+  else
+# endif	/* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */
+    free ((void *) domain->data);
+
+  free (domain);
+}
+#endif

intl/localcharset.c

@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <[email protected]>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32   /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#  include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+#   include <locale.h>
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else /* WIN32 */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+#endif
+
+/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+   possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+   are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+   'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
+   and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
+   are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix.  */
+#if __STDC__ != 1
+# define volatile /* empty */
+#endif
+/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+   read, else NULL.  Its format is:
+   ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0'  */
+static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file.  */
+static const char *
+get_charset_aliases ()
+{
+  const char *cp;
+
+  cp = charset_aliases;
+  if (cp == NULL)
+    {
+#ifndef WIN32
+      FILE *fp;
+      const char *dir = LIBDIR;
+      const char *base = "charset.alias";
+      char *file_name;
+
+      /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name.  */
+      {
+	size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
+	size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+	int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
+	file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
+	if (file_name != NULL)
+	  {
+	    memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
+	    if (add_slash)
+	      file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+	    memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
+	  }
+      }
+
+      if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
+	/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty.  */
+	cp = "";
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Parse the file's contents.  */
+	  int c;
+	  char buf1[50+1];
+	  char buf2[50+1];
+	  char *res_ptr = NULL;
+	  size_t res_size = 0;
+	  size_t l1, l2;
+
+	  for (;;)
+	    {
+	      c = getc (fp);
+	      if (c == EOF)
+		break;
+	      if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+		continue;
+	      if (c == '#')
+		{
+		  /* Skip comment, to end of line.  */
+		  do
+		    c = getc (fp);
+		  while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
+		  if (c == EOF)
+		    break;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      ungetc (c, fp);
+	      if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+		break;
+	      l1 = strlen (buf1);
+	      l2 = strlen (buf2);
+	      if (res_size == 0)
+		{
+		  res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      if (res_ptr == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* Out of memory. */
+		  res_size = 0;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
+	    }
+	  fclose (fp);
+	  if (res_size == 0)
+	    cp = "";
+	  else
+	    {
+	      *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
+	      cp = res_ptr;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (file_name != NULL)
+	free (file_name);
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+      /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+	 directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+	 runtime, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+
+      cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+	   "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
+#endif
+
+      charset_aliases = cp;
+    }
+
+  return cp;
+}
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name.  */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset ()
+{
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *aliases;
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+  /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
+  codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+# else
+
+  /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv.  */
+  const char *locale = NULL;
+
+  /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales.  Some
+     (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale.  Therefore we don't
+     use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
+     locale name the user has set.  */
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
+  locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+#  endif
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+	  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	    locale = getenv ("LANG");
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
+     you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
+     through the charset.alias file.  */
+  codeset = locale;
+
+# endif
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+  /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+  codeset = buf;
+
+#endif
+
+  if (codeset == NULL)
+    /* The canonical name cannot be determined.  */
+    codeset = "";
+
+  /* Resolve alias. */
+  for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+       *aliases != '\0';
+       aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+    if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
+	|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
+      {
+	codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+	break;
+      }
+
+  return codeset;
+}

intl/locale.alias

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+# Locale name alias data base.
+# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+# USA.
+
+# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
+# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
+#	/usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
+# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
+# All entries are case independent.
+
+# Note: This file is far from being complete.  If you have a value for
+# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
+# it with the rest of us.  Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
+# [email protected].
+
+# Packages using this file: 
+
+bokmal		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+bokmål		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+catalan		ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
+croatian	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+czech		cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
+danish          da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+dansk		da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+deutsch		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+dutch		nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
+eesti		et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+estonian	et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+finnish         fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
+français	fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+french		fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+galego		gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+galician	gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+german		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+greek           el_GR.ISO-8859-7
+hebrew          he_IL.ISO-8859-8
+hrvatski	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+hungarian       hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
+icelandic       is_IS.ISO-8859-1
+italian         it_IT.ISO-8859-1
+japanese	ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.euc	ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP		ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP.ujis	ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.sjis	ja_JP.SJIS
+korean		ko_KR.eucKR
+korean.euc 	ko_KR.eucKR
+ko_KR		ko_KR.eucKR
+lithuanian      lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
+nb_NO		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+norwegian       no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nynorsk		nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
+polish          pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
+portuguese      pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
+romanian        ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
+russian         ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
+slovak          sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
+slovene         sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+slovenian       sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+spanish         es_ES.ISO-8859-1
+swedish         sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
+thai		th_TH.TIS-620
+turkish         tr_TR.ISO-8859-9

intl/localealias.c

@@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
+/* Handle aliases for locale names.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+#  define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
+
+# ifndef mempcpy
+#  define mempcpy __mempcpy
+# endif
+# define HAVE_MEMPCPY	1
+
+/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+
+__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+   some additional code emulating it.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+#else
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+# undef fgets
+# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
+#endif
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+# undef feof
+# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
+#endif
+
+
+struct alias_map
+{
+  const char *alias;
+  const char *value;
+};
+
+
+static char *string_space;
+static size_t string_space_act;
+static size_t string_space_max;
+static struct alias_map *map;
+static size_t nmap;
+static size_t maxmap;
+
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
+     internal_function;
+static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
+static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
+				  const struct alias_map *map2));
+
+
+const char *
+_nl_expand_alias (name)
+    const char *name;
+{
+  static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
+  struct alias_map *retval;
+  const char *result = NULL;
+  size_t added;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+#endif
+
+  do
+    {
+      struct alias_map item;
+
+      item.alias = name;
+
+      if (nmap > 0)
+	retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
+					       sizeof (struct alias_map),
+					       (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
+								 const void *))
+						) alias_compare);
+      else
+	retval = NULL;
+
+      /* We really found an alias.  Return the value.  */
+      if (retval != NULL)
+	{
+	  result = retval->value;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* Perhaps we can find another alias file.  */
+      added = 0;
+      while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
+	{
+	  const char *start;
+
+	  while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
+	    ++locale_alias_path;
+	  start = locale_alias_path;
+
+	  while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
+		 && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
+	    ++locale_alias_path;
+
+	  if (start < locale_alias_path)
+	    added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
+	}
+    }
+  while (added != 0);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+#endif
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+internal_function
+read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
+     const char *fname;
+     int fname_len;
+{
+  FILE *fp;
+  char *full_fname;
+  size_t added;
+  static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
+
+  full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
+#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+  mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
+	   aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#else
+  memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
+  memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#endif
+
+  fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
+  freea (full_fname);
+  if (fp == NULL)
+    return 0;
+
+  added = 0;
+  while (!feof (fp))
+    {
+      /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
+	 a) we are only interested in the first two fields
+	 b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
+	    be that long
+       */
+      char buf[BUFSIZ];
+      char *alias;
+      char *value;
+      char *cp;
+
+      if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
+	/* EOF reached.  */
+	break;
+
+      /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer.  Ignore
+	 the rest of the line.  */
+      if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
+	{
+	  char altbuf[BUFSIZ];
+	  do
+	    if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL)
+	      /* Make sure the inner loop will be left.  The outer loop
+		 will exit at the `feof' test.  */
+	      break;
+	  while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL);
+	}
+
+      cp = buf;
+      /* Ignore leading white space.  */
+      while (isspace (cp[0]))
+	++cp;
+
+      /* A leading '#' signals a comment line.  */
+      if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
+	{
+	  alias = cp++;
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
+	    ++cp;
+	  /* Terminate alias name.  */
+	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
+	    *cp++ = '\0';
+
+	  /* Now look for the beginning of the value.  */
+	  while (isspace (cp[0]))
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
+	    {
+	      size_t alias_len;
+	      size_t value_len;
+
+	      value = cp++;
+	      while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
+		++cp;
+	      /* Terminate value.  */
+	      if (cp[0] == '\n')
+		{
+		  /* This has to be done to make the following test
+		     for the end of line possible.  We are looking for
+		     the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here.  */
+		  *cp++ = '\0';
+		  *cp = '\n';
+		}
+	      else if (cp[0] != '\0')
+		*cp++ = '\0';
+
+	      if (nmap >= maxmap)
+		if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
+		  return added;
+
+	      alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
+	      value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
+
+	      if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
+		{
+		  /* Increase size of memory pool.  */
+		  size_t new_size = (string_space_max
+				     + (alias_len + value_len > 1024
+					? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
+		  char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
+		  if (new_pool == NULL)
+		    return added;
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
+		    {
+		      size_t i;
+
+		      for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
+			{
+			  map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
+			  map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
+			}
+		    }
+
+		  string_space = new_pool;
+		  string_space_max = new_size;
+		}
+
+	      map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+					alias, alias_len);
+	      string_space_act += alias_len;
+
+	      map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+					value, value_len);
+	      string_space_act += value_len;
+
+	      ++nmap;
+	      ++added;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Should we test for ferror()?  I think we have to silently ignore
+     errors.  --drepper  */
+  fclose (fp);
+
+  if (added > 0)
+    qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
+	   (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
+
+  return added;
+}
+
+
+static int
+extend_alias_table ()
+{
+  size_t new_size;
+  struct alias_map *new_map;
+
+  new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
+  new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
+						* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
+  if (new_map == NULL)
+    /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core.  */
+    return -1;
+
+  map = new_map;
+  maxmap = new_size;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+  if (string_space != NULL)
+    free (string_space);
+  if (map != NULL)
+    free (map);
+}
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif
+
+
+static int
+alias_compare (map1, map2)
+     const struct alias_map *map1;
+     const struct alias_map *map2;
+{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
+  return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
+#else
+  const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
+  const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2)
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
+	 some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters.  */
+      c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
+      c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
+      if (c1 == '\0')
+	break;
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  return c1 - c2;
+#endif
+}

intl/ngettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define NGETTEXT ngettext__
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+char *
+NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
+#endif

intl/plural.y

@@ -0,0 +1,413 @@
+%{
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, 2000.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca.  AIX 3 forces us to put this
+   declaration at the beginning of the file.  The declaration in bison's
+   skeleton file comes too late.  This must come before <config.h>
+   because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers.  */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
+# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM	&((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM	arg
+%}
+%pure_parser
+%expect 10
+
+%union {
+  unsigned long int num;
+  enum operator op;
+  struct expression *exp;
+}
+
+%{
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+					   struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+					     struct expression *left,
+					     struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *bexp,
+						   struct expression *tbranch,
+						   struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions.  */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+     int nargs;
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression * const *args;
+{
+  int i;
+  struct expression *newp;
+
+  /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL.  */
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    if (args[i] == NULL)
+      goto fail;
+
+  /* Allocate a new expression.  */
+  newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+  if (newp != NULL)
+    {
+      newp->nargs = nargs;
+      newp->operation = op;
+      for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+      return newp;
+    }
+
+ fail:
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+     enum operator op;
+{
+  return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[1];
+
+  args[0] = right;
+  return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *left;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[2];
+
+  args[0] = left;
+  args[1] = right;
+  return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *bexp;
+     struct expression *tbranch;
+     struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+  struct expression *args[3];
+
+  args[0] = bexp;
+  args[1] = tbranch;
+  args[2] = fbranch;
+  return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+%}
+
+/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
+   precedence order as in C.  See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
+   There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
+   Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
+   token, to save space in the array generated by bison.  */
+%right '?'		/*   ?		*/
+%left '|'		/*   ||		*/
+%left '&'		/*   &&		*/
+%left EQUOP2		/*   == !=	*/
+%left CMPOP2		/*   < > <= >=	*/
+%left ADDOP2		/*   + -	*/
+%left MULOP2		/*   * / %	*/
+%right '!'		/*   !		*/
+
+%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
+%token <num> NUMBER
+%type <exp> exp
+
+%%
+
+start:	  exp
+	  {
+	    if ($1 == NULL)
+	      YYABORT;
+	    ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
+	  }
+	;
+
+exp:	  exp '?' exp ':' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
+	  }
+	| exp '|' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp '&' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp EQUOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp CMPOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp ADDOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp MULOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| '!' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
+	  }
+	| 'n'
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_0 (var);
+	  }
+	| NUMBER
+	  {
+	    if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+	      $$->val.num = $1;
+	  }
+	| '(' exp ')'
+	  {
+	    $$ = $2;
+	  }
+	;
+
+%%
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+     struct expression *exp;
+{
+  if (exp == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Handle the recursive case.  */
+  switch (exp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 3:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 2:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 1:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+     YYSTYPE *lval;
+     const char **pexp;
+{
+  const char *exp = *pexp;
+  int result;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (exp[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  *pexp = exp;
+	  return YYEOF;
+	}
+
+      if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+	break;
+
+      ++exp;
+    }
+
+  result = *exp++;
+  switch (result)
+    {
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+      {
+	unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+	while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+	  {
+	    n *= 10;
+	    n += exp[0] - '0';
+	    ++exp;
+	  }
+	lval->num = n;
+	result = NUMBER;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case '=':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '!':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = not_equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case '&':
+    case '|':
+      if (exp[0] == result)
+	++exp;
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '<':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = less_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = less_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '>':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = greater_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '*':
+      lval->op = mult;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '/':
+      lval->op = divide;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '%':
+      lval->op = module;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '+':
+      lval->op = plus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '-':
+      lval->op = minus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case 'n':
+    case '?':
+    case ':':
+    case '(':
+    case ')':
+      /* Nothing, just return the character.  */
+      break;
+
+    case ';':
+    case '\n':
+    case '\0':
+      /* Be safe and let the user call this function again.  */
+      --exp;
+      result = YYEOF;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      --exp;
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+  *pexp = exp;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+     const char *str;
+{
+  /* Do nothing.  We don't print error messages here.  */
+}

intl/ref-add.sin

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <[email protected]>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+  s/# Packages using this file://
+  ta
+  :a
+  s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
+  tb
+  s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
+  :b
+  s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}

intl/ref-del.sin

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <[email protected]>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+  s/# Packages using this file://
+  s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
+  s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}

intl/textdomain.c

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
+# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Name of the default text domain.  */
+extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[];
+
+/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found.  */
+extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
+# ifndef strdup
+#  define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+char *
+TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
+     const char *domainname;
+{
+  char *new_domain;
+  char *old_domain;
+
+  /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL)
+    return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+  __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+  /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages".  */
+  if (domainname[0] == '\0'
+      || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
+    {
+      _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+      new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
+    /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
+       environment variable changed.  */
+    new_domain = old_domain;
+  else
+    {
+      /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
+	 will be NULL.  This value will be returned and so signals we
+	 are out of core.  */
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+      new_domain = strdup (domainname);
+#else
+      size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+      new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
+      if (new_domain != NULL)
+	memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
+#endif
+
+      if (new_domain != NULL)
+	_nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
+    }
+
+  /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
+     since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
+     to do it.  Do it only when the call was successful.  */
+  if (new_domain != NULL)
+    {
+      ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+      if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+	free (old_domain);
+    }
+
+  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  return new_domain;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
+#endif

lib/.cvsignore

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
 *_.c
 .deps
 Makefile
-Makefile.in
+ansi2knr

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-## Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+## Copyright 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,17 +15,13 @@
 ## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
 ## 02111-1307  USA
 
-AM_CFLAGS = $(WARNING_CFLAGS)
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ansi2knr
+
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ $(WARNING_CFLAGS)
 
-lib_LIBRARIES = liby.a
 noinst_LIBRARIES = libbison.a
 
-# config.h is in build/., and system.h is in src/src/.
-INCLUDES = -I$(top_builddir)      \
-           -I$(top_srcdir)/src \
-           -I$(top_srcdir)/lib
-
-liby_a_SOURCES = main.c yyerror.c
+INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
 
 # Heck, we are still using an old version of Automake which does not
 # understand inner AC_LIBOBJ (i.e., from Autoconf itself, not from
@@ -33,31 +29,10 @@ liby_a_SOURCES = main.c yyerror.c
 EXTRA_DIST = malloc.c realloc.c strnlen.c
 
 libbison_a_SOURCES = \
-  gettext.h \
   basename.c dirname.h dirname.c \
-  get-errno.h get-errno.c \
   getopt.h getopt.c getopt1.c \
-  hash.h hash.c \
-  mbswidth.h mbswidth.c \
   quote.h quote.c quotearg.h quotearg.c \
-  subpipe.h subpipe.c unlocked-io.h \
-  xalloc.h xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrndup.c \
-  $(bitsets_sources) $(additional_bitsets_sources) $(timevars_sources)
-
-# Implementation of bitsets
-bitsets_sources = \
-libiberty.h \
-abitset.c  bitset.c        bitset_stats.h  ebitset.c  lbitset.h \
-abitset.h  bitset.h        bitsetv.c       ebitset.h \
-bbitset.h  bitset_stats.c  bitsetv.h       lbitset.c
-
-# Additional bitset operations.
-additional_bitsets_sources = \
-	bitsetv-print.h bitsetv-print.c
-
-# timevars, stolen from GCC.
-timevars_sources = \
-	timevar.h timevar.c timevar.def
+  xalloc.h xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrndup.c
 
 libbison_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
 libbison_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libbison_a_LIBADD)

lib/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,425 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.5c from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+
+bindir = @bindir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+oldincludedir = /usr/include
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+top_builddir = ..
+
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_triplet = @host@
+
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AUTOM4TE = @AUTOM4TE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
+CC = @CC@
+CPP = @CPP@
+DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+GCC = @GCC@
+GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
+INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
+LIB = @LIB@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+U = @U@
+USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+WARNING_CFLAGS = @WARNING_CFLAGS@
+WERROR_CFLAGS = @WERROR_CFLAGS@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ansi2knr
+
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ $(WARNING_CFLAGS)
+
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libbison.a
+
+INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
+
+# Heck, we are still using an old version of Automake which does not
+# understand inner AC_LIBOBJ (i.e., from Autoconf itself, not from
+# configure.in).
+EXTRA_DIST = malloc.c realloc.c strnlen.c
+
+libbison_a_SOURCES = \
+  basename.c dirname.h dirname.c \
+  getopt.h getopt.c getopt1.c \
+  quote.h quote.c quotearg.h quotearg.c \
+  xalloc.h xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrndup.c
+
+
+libbison_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+libbison_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libbison_a_LIBADD)
+subdir = lib
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+LIBRARIES = $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
+
+libbison_a_AR = $(AR) cru
+am_libbison_a_OBJECTS = basename$U.$(OBJEXT) dirname$U.$(OBJEXT) \
+	getopt$U.$(OBJEXT) getopt1$U.$(OBJEXT) quote$U.$(OBJEXT) \
+	quotearg$U.$(OBJEXT) xmalloc$U.$(OBJEXT) xstrdup$U.$(OBJEXT) \
+	xstrndup$U.$(OBJEXT)
+libbison_a_OBJECTS = $(am_libbison_a_OBJECTS)
+
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEFAULT_INCLUDES =  -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir)
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/depcomp
+am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles
+@AMDEP_TRUE@DEP_FILES = $(DEPDIR)/alloca.Po $(DEPDIR)/error.Po \
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	$(DEPDIR)/malloc.Po $(DEPDIR)/memchr.Po \
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	$(DEPDIR)/memrchr.Po $(DEPDIR)/obstack.Po \
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	$(DEPDIR)/realloc.Po $(DEPDIR)/stpcpy.Po \
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	$(DEPDIR)/strchr.Po $(DEPDIR)/strspn.Po \
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	./$(DEPDIR)/basename$U.Po ./$(DEPDIR)/dirname$U.Po \
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	./$(DEPDIR)/getopt$U.Po ./$(DEPDIR)/getopt1$U.Po \
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	./$(DEPDIR)/quote$U.Po ./$(DEPDIR)/quotearg$U.Po \
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	./$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc$U.Po ./$(DEPDIR)/xstrdup$U.Po \
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	./$(DEPDIR)/xstrndup$U.Po
+COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
+	$(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+CCLD = $(CC)
+LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+DIST_SOURCES = $(libbison_a_SOURCES)
+DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in alloca.c ansi2knr.1 ansi2knr.c \
+	error.c error.h malloc.c memchr.c memrchr.c obstack.c obstack.h \
+	realloc.c stpcpy.c strchr.c strspn.c
+SOURCES = $(libbison_a_SOURCES)
+
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o .obj
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  Makefile.am  $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu  lib/Makefile
+Makefile:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)
+
+AR = ar
+
+clean-noinstLIBRARIES:
+	-test -z "$(noinst_LIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
+libbison.a: $(libbison_a_OBJECTS) $(libbison_a_DEPENDENCIES) 
+	-rm -f libbison.a
+	$(libbison_a_AR) libbison.a $(libbison_a_OBJECTS) $(libbison_a_LIBADD)
+	$(RANLIB) libbison.a
+
+mostlyclean-compile:
+	-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) core *.core
+
+distclean-compile:
+	-rm -f *.tab.c
+
+ANSI2KNR = @ANSI2KNR@
+ansi2knr: ansi2knr.$(OBJEXT)
+	$(LINK) ansi2knr.$(OBJEXT) $(LIBS)
+ansi2knr.$(OBJEXT): $(CONFIG_HEADER)
+
+clean-krextra:
+	-rm -f ansi2knr
+
+mostlyclean-kr:
+	-test "$U" = "" || rm -f *_.c
+
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/alloca.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/error.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/malloc.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/memchr.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/memrchr.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/obstack.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/realloc.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/stpcpy.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/strchr.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/strspn.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/basename$U.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/dirname$U.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/getopt$U.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/getopt1$U.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/quote$U.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/quotearg$U.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc$U.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xstrdup$U.Po@am__quote@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xstrndup$U.Po@am__quote@
+
+distclean-depend:
+	-rm -rf $(DEPDIR) ./$(DEPDIR)
+
+.c.o:
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	depfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.Po' tmpdepfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.TPo' @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	$(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+	$(COMPILE) -c `test -f $< || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$<
+
+.c.obj:
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	depfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.Po' tmpdepfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.TPo' @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+@AMDEP_TRUE@	$(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
+	$(COMPILE) -c `cygpath -w $<`
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+alloca_.c: lib/alloca.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lib/alloca.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lib/alloca.c; else echo lib/alloca.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > alloca_.c || rm -f alloca_.c
+basename_.c: basename.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/basename.c; then echo $(srcdir)/basename.c; else echo basename.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > basename_.c || rm -f basename_.c
+dirname_.c: dirname.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/dirname.c; then echo $(srcdir)/dirname.c; else echo dirname.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > dirname_.c || rm -f dirname_.c
+error_.c: lib/error.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lib/error.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lib/error.c; else echo lib/error.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > error_.c || rm -f error_.c
+getopt_.c: getopt.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt.c; else echo getopt.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getopt_.c || rm -f getopt_.c
+getopt1_.c: getopt1.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; then echo $(srcdir)/getopt1.c; else echo getopt1.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > getopt1_.c || rm -f getopt1_.c
+malloc_.c: lib/malloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lib/malloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lib/malloc.c; else echo lib/malloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > malloc_.c || rm -f malloc_.c
+memchr_.c: lib/memchr.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lib/memchr.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lib/memchr.c; else echo lib/memchr.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memchr_.c || rm -f memchr_.c
+memrchr_.c: lib/memrchr.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lib/memrchr.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lib/memrchr.c; else echo lib/memrchr.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memrchr_.c || rm -f memrchr_.c
+obstack_.c: lib/obstack.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lib/obstack.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lib/obstack.c; else echo lib/obstack.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > obstack_.c || rm -f obstack_.c
+quote_.c: quote.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/quote.c; then echo $(srcdir)/quote.c; else echo quote.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > quote_.c || rm -f quote_.c
+quotearg_.c: quotearg.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/quotearg.c; then echo $(srcdir)/quotearg.c; else echo quotearg.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > quotearg_.c || rm -f quotearg_.c
+realloc_.c: lib/realloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lib/realloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lib/realloc.c; else echo lib/realloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > realloc_.c || rm -f realloc_.c
+stpcpy_.c: lib/stpcpy.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lib/stpcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lib/stpcpy.c; else echo lib/stpcpy.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > stpcpy_.c || rm -f stpcpy_.c
+strchr_.c: lib/strchr.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lib/strchr.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lib/strchr.c; else echo lib/strchr.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strchr_.c || rm -f strchr_.c
+strspn_.c: lib/strspn.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/lib/strspn.c; then echo $(srcdir)/lib/strspn.c; else echo lib/strspn.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > strspn_.c || rm -f strspn_.c
+xmalloc_.c: xmalloc.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xmalloc.c; else echo xmalloc.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xmalloc_.c || rm -f xmalloc_.c
+xstrdup_.c: xstrdup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrdup.c; else echo xstrdup.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrdup_.c || rm -f xstrdup_.c
+xstrndup_.c: xstrndup.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/xstrndup.c; then echo $(srcdir)/xstrndup.c; else echo xstrndup.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > xstrndup_.c || rm -f xstrndup_.c
+alloca_.$(OBJEXT) basename_.$(OBJEXT) dirname_.$(OBJEXT) \
+error_.$(OBJEXT) getopt_.$(OBJEXT) getopt1_.$(OBJEXT) malloc_.$(OBJEXT) \
+memchr_.$(OBJEXT) memrchr_.$(OBJEXT) obstack_.$(OBJEXT) \
+quote_.$(OBJEXT) quotearg_.$(OBJEXT) realloc_.$(OBJEXT) \
+stpcpy_.$(OBJEXT) strchr_.$(OBJEXT) strspn_.$(OBJEXT) \
+xmalloc_.$(OBJEXT) xstrdup_.$(OBJEXT) xstrndup_.$(OBJEXT) : $(ANSI2KNR)
+uninstall-info-am:
+
+ETAGS = etags
+ETAGSFLAGS =
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	mkid -fID $$unique
+
+TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
+		$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
+	tags=; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)  $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do \
+	    if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
+	  done | \
+	  $(AWK) '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
+	  || $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
+	     $$tags $$unique
+
+GTAGS:
+	here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
+
+distclean-tags:
+	-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+top_distdir = ..
+distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	  if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+	    dir="/$$dir"; \
+	    $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
+	  else \
+	    dir=''; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(ANSI2KNR) $(LIBRARIES)
+
+installdirs:
+
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic clean-krextra clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
+	mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-depend \
+	distclean-generic distclean-tags
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-kr
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
+
+.PHONY: GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
+	clean-krextra clean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean distclean-compile \
+	distclean-depend distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi \
+	dvi-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
+	install-data-am install-exec install-exec-am install-info \
+	install-info-am install-man install-strip installcheck \
+	installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
+	maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
+	mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-kr tags uninstall uninstall-am \
+	uninstall-info-am
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

lib/abitset.c

@@ -1,826 +0,0 @@
-/* Array bitsets.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-*/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "abitset.h"
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-/* This file implements fixed size bitsets stored as an array
-   of words.  Any unused bits in the last word must be zero.  */
-
-#define ABITSET_N_WORDS(N) (((N) + BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1) / BITSET_WORD_BITS)
-#define ABITSET_WORDS(X) ((X)->a.words)
-#define ABITSET_N_BITS(X) ((X)->a.n_bits)
-
-
-/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
-static bitset_bindex
-abitset_size (bitset src)
-{
-  return ABITSET_N_BITS (src);
-}
-
-
-/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
- *NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with actual number of bits
- found and with *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
-static bitset_bindex
-abitset_small_list (bitset src, bitset_bindex *list,
-		    bitset_bindex num, bitset_bindex *next)
-{
-  bitset_bindex bitno;
-  bitset_bindex count;
-  bitset_windex size;
-  bitset_word word;
-
-  word = ABITSET_WORDS (src)[0];
-
-  /* Short circuit common case.  */
-  if (!word)
-    return 0;
-
-  size = ABITSET_N_BITS (src);
-  bitno = *next;
-  if (bitno >= size)
-    return 0;
-
-  word >>= bitno;
-
-  /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
-     of the word of interest.  */
-
-  if (num >= BITSET_WORD_BITS)
-    {
-      for (count = 0; word; bitno++)
-	{
-	  if (word & 1)
-	    list[count++] = bitno;
-	  word >>= 1;
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      for (count = 0; word; bitno++)
-	{
-	  if (word & 1)
-	    {
-	      list[count++] = bitno;
-	      if (count >= num)
-		{
-		  bitno++;
-		  break;
-		}
-	    }
-	  word >>= 1;
-	}
-    }
-
-  *next = bitno;
-  return count;
-}
-
-
-/* Set bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
-static void
-abitset_set (bitset dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
-  /* This should never occur for abitsets since we should always
-     hit the cache.  */
-  abort ();
-}
-
-
-/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
-static void
-abitset_reset (bitset dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-	       bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
-  /* This should never occur for abitsets since we should always
-     hit the cache.  */
-  abort ();
-}
-
-
-/* Test bit BITNO in bitset SRC.  */
-static int
-abitset_test (bitset src ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-	      bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
-  /* This should never occur for abitsets since we should always
-     hit the cache.  */
-  abort ();
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET in reverse order, starting
-   from and including NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with
-   actual number of bits found and with *NEXT indicating where search
-   stopped.  */
-static bitset_bindex
-abitset_list_reverse (bitset src, bitset_bindex *list,
-		      bitset_bindex num, bitset_bindex *next)
-{
-  bitset_bindex bitno;
-  bitset_bindex rbitno;
-  bitset_bindex count;
-  bitset_windex windex;
-  unsigned int bitcnt;
-  bitset_bindex bitoff;
-  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
-  bitset_bindex n_bits = ABITSET_N_BITS (src);
-
-  rbitno = *next;
-
-  /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
-     of the word of interest.  */
-
-  if (rbitno >= n_bits)
-    return 0;
-
-  count = 0;
-
-  bitno = n_bits - (rbitno + 1);
-
-  windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
-  bitcnt = bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
-  bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
-
-  do
-    {
-      bitset_word word;
-
-      word = srcp[windex] << (BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1 - bitcnt);
-      for (; word; bitcnt--)
-	{
-	  if (word & BITSET_MSB)
-	    {
-	      list[count++] = bitoff + bitcnt;
-	      if (count >= num)
-		{
-		  *next = n_bits - (bitoff + bitcnt);
-		  return count;
-		}
-	    }
-	  word <<= 1;
-	}
-      bitoff -= BITSET_WORD_BITS;
-      bitcnt = BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1;
-    }
-  while (windex--);
-
-  *next = n_bits - (bitoff + 1);
-  return count;
-}
-
-
-/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
- *NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with actual number of bits
- found and with *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
-static bitset_bindex
-abitset_list (bitset src, bitset_bindex *list,
-	      bitset_bindex num, bitset_bindex *next)
-{
-  bitset_bindex bitno;
-  bitset_bindex count;
-  bitset_windex windex;
-  bitset_bindex bitoff;
-  bitset_windex size = src->b.csize;
-  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
-  bitset_word word;
-
-  bitno = *next;
-
-  count = 0;
-  if (!bitno)
-    {
-      /* Many bitsets are zero, so make this common case fast.  */
-      for (windex = 0; windex < size && !srcp[windex]; windex++)
-	continue;
-      if (windex >= size)
-	return 0;
-
-      /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
-	 of the current word.  */
-
-      bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      if (bitno >= ABITSET_N_BITS (src))
-	return 0;
-
-      windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
-      bitno = bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
-
-      if (bitno)
-	{
-	  /* Handle the case where we start within a word.
-	     Most often, this is executed with large bitsets
-	     with many set bits where we filled the array
-	     on the previous call to this function.  */
-
-	  bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
-	  word = srcp[windex] >> bitno;
-	  for (bitno = bitoff + bitno; word; bitno++)
-	    {
-	      if (word & 1)
-		{
-		  list[count++] = bitno;
-		  if (count >= num)
-		    {
-		      *next = bitno + 1;
-		      return count;
-		    }
-		}
-	      word >>= 1;
-	    }
-	  windex++;
-	}
-      bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
-    }
-
-  for (; windex < size; windex++, bitoff += BITSET_WORD_BITS)
-    {
-      if (!(word = srcp[windex]))
-	continue;
-
-      if ((count + BITSET_WORD_BITS) < num)
-	{
-	  for (bitno = bitoff; word; bitno++)
-	    {
-	      if (word & 1)
-		list[count++] = bitno;
-	      word >>= 1;
-	    }
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  for (bitno = bitoff; word; bitno++)
-	    {
-	      if (word & 1)
-		{
-		  list[count++] = bitno;
-		  if (count >= num)
-		    {
-		      *next = bitno + 1;
-		      return count;
-		    }
-		}
-	      word >>= 1;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-  *next = bitoff;
-  return count;
-}
-
-
-/* Ensure that any unused bits within the last word are clear.  */
-static inline void
-abitset_unused_clear (bitset dst)
-{
-  unsigned int last_bit;
-
-  last_bit = ABITSET_N_BITS (dst) % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
-  if (last_bit)
-    ABITSET_WORDS (dst)[dst->b.csize - 1] &=
-      ((bitset_word) 1 << last_bit) - 1;
-}
-
-
-static void
-abitset_ones (bitset dst)
-{
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  size_t bytes;
-
-  bytes = sizeof (bitset_word) * dst->b.csize;
-
-  memset (dstp, -1, bytes);
-  abitset_unused_clear (dst);
-}
-
-
-static void
-abitset_zero (bitset dst)
-{
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  size_t bytes;
-
-  bytes = sizeof (bitset_word) * dst->b.csize;
-
-  memset (dstp, 0, bytes);
-}
-
-
-static int
-abitset_empty_p (bitset dst)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-
-  for (i = 0; i < dst->b.csize; i++)
-    if (dstp[i])
-      return 0;
-
-  return 1;
-}
-
-
-static void
-abitset_copy1 (bitset dst, bitset src)
-{
-  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
-
-  if (srcp == dstp)
-      return;
-  memcpy (dstp, srcp, sizeof (bitset_word) * size);
-}
-
-
-static void
-abitset_not (bitset dst, bitset src)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
-      *dstp++ = ~(*srcp++);
-  abitset_unused_clear (dst);
-}
-
-
-static int
-abitset_equal_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
-      if (*srcp++ != *dstp++)
-	  return 0;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-
-static int
-abitset_subset_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++, srcp++)
-      if (*dstp != (*srcp | *dstp))
-	  return 0;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-
-static int
-abitset_disjoint_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
-      if (*srcp++ & *dstp++)
-	  return 0;
-
-  return 1;
-}
-
-
-static void
-abitset_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
-  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
-      *dstp++ = *src1p++ & *src2p++;
-}
-
-
-static int
-abitset_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-  int changed = 0;
-  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
-  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
-    {
-      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ & *src2p++;
-
-      if (*dstp != tmp)
-	{
-	  changed = 1;
-	  *dstp = tmp;
-	}
-    }
-  return changed;
-}
-
-
-static void
-abitset_andn (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
-  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
-      *dstp++ = *src1p++ & ~(*src2p++);
-}
-
-
-static int
-abitset_andn_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-  int changed = 0;
-  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
-  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
-    {
-      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ & ~(*src2p++);
-
-      if (*dstp != tmp)
-	{
-	  changed = 1;
-	  *dstp = tmp;
-	}
-    }
-  return changed;
-}
-
-
-static void
-abitset_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
-  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
-      *dstp++ = *src1p++ | *src2p++;
-}
-
-
-static int
-abitset_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-  int changed = 0;
-  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
-  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
-    {
-      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ | *src2p++;
-
-      if (*dstp != tmp)
-	{
-	  changed = 1;
-	  *dstp = tmp;
-	}
-    }
-  return changed;
-}
-
-
-static void
-abitset_xor (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
-  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
-      *dstp++ = *src1p++ ^ *src2p++;
-}
-
-
-static int
-abitset_xor_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-  int changed = 0;
-  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
-  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
-    {
-      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ ^ *src2p++;
-
-      if (*dstp != tmp)
-	{
-	  changed = 1;
-	  *dstp = tmp;
-	}
-    }
-  return changed;
-}
-
-
-static void
-abitset_and_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
-  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
-  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
-      *dstp++ = (*src1p++ & *src2p++) | *src3p++;
-}
-
-
-static int
-abitset_and_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-  int changed = 0;
-  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
-  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
-  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
-    {
-      bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ & *src2p++) | *src3p++;
-
-      if (*dstp != tmp)
-	{
-	  changed = 1;
-	  *dstp = tmp;
-	}
-    }
-  return changed;
-}
-
-
-static void
-abitset_andn_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
-  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
-  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
-      *dstp++ = (*src1p++ & ~(*src2p++)) | *src3p++;
-}
-
-
-static int
-abitset_andn_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-  int changed = 0;
-  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
-  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
-  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
-    {
-      bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ & ~(*src2p++)) | *src3p++;
-
-      if (*dstp != tmp)
-	{
-	  changed = 1;
-	  *dstp = tmp;
-	}
-    }
-  return changed;
-}
-
-
-static void
-abitset_or_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
-  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
-  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
-      *dstp++ = (*src1p++ | *src2p++) & *src3p++;
-}
-
-
-static int
-abitset_or_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-  int changed = 0;
-  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
-  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
-  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
-  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
-  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
-    {
-      bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ | *src2p++) & *src3p++;
-
-      if (*dstp != tmp)
-	{
-	  changed = 1;
-	  *dstp = tmp;
-	}
-    }
-  return changed;
-}
-
-
-static void
-abitset_copy (bitset dst, bitset src)
-{
-  if (BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (dst, src))
-      abitset_copy1 (dst, src);
-  else
-      bitset_copy_ (dst, src);
-}
-
-
-/* Vector of operations for single word bitsets.  */
-struct bitset_vtable abitset_small_vtable = {
-  abitset_set,
-  abitset_reset,
-  bitset_toggle_,
-  abitset_test,
-  abitset_size,
-  bitset_count_,
-  abitset_empty_p,
-  abitset_ones,
-  abitset_zero,
-  abitset_copy,
-  abitset_disjoint_p,
-  abitset_equal_p,
-  abitset_not,
-  abitset_subset_p,
-  abitset_and,
-  abitset_and_cmp,
-  abitset_andn,
-  abitset_andn_cmp,
-  abitset_or,
-  abitset_or_cmp,
-  abitset_xor,
-  abitset_xor_cmp,
-  abitset_and_or,
-  abitset_and_or_cmp,
-  abitset_andn_or,
-  abitset_andn_or_cmp,
-  abitset_or_and,
-  abitset_or_and_cmp,
-  abitset_small_list,
-  abitset_list_reverse,
-  NULL,
-  BITSET_ARRAY
-};
-
-
-/* Vector of operations for multiple word bitsets.  */
-struct bitset_vtable abitset_vtable = {
-  abitset_set,
-  abitset_reset,
-  bitset_toggle_,
-  abitset_test,
-  abitset_size,
-  bitset_count_,
-  abitset_empty_p,
-  abitset_ones,
-  abitset_zero,
-  abitset_copy,
-  abitset_disjoint_p,
-  abitset_equal_p,
-  abitset_not,
-  abitset_subset_p,
-  abitset_and,
-  abitset_and_cmp,
-  abitset_andn,
-  abitset_andn_cmp,
-  abitset_or,
-  abitset_or_cmp,
-  abitset_xor,
-  abitset_xor_cmp,
-  abitset_and_or,
-  abitset_and_or_cmp,
-  abitset_andn_or,
-  abitset_andn_or_cmp,
-  abitset_or_and,
-  abitset_or_and_cmp,
-  abitset_list,
-  abitset_list_reverse,
-  NULL,
-  BITSET_ARRAY
-};
-
-
-size_t
-abitset_bytes (bitset_bindex n_bits)
-{
-  bitset_windex size;
-  size_t bytes;
-  size_t header_size = offsetof (union bitset_union, a.words);
-  struct bitset_align_struct { char a; union bitset_union b; };
-  size_t bitset_alignment = offsetof (struct bitset_align_struct, b);
-
-  size = ABITSET_N_WORDS (n_bits);
-  bytes = header_size + size * sizeof (bitset_word);
-
-  /* Align the size properly for a vector of abitset objects.  */
-  if (header_size % bitset_alignment != 0
-      || sizeof (bitset_word) % bitset_alignment != 0)
-    {
-      bytes += bitset_alignment - 1;
-      bytes -= bytes % bitset_alignment;
-    }
-
-  return bytes;
-}
-
-
-bitset
-abitset_init (bitset bset, bitset_bindex n_bits)
-{
-  bitset_windex size;
-
-  size = ABITSET_N_WORDS (n_bits);
-  ABITSET_N_BITS (bset) = n_bits;
-
-  /* Use optimized routines if bitset fits within a single word.
-     There is probably little merit if using caching since
-     the small bitset will always fit in the cache.  */
-  if (size == 1)
-    bset->b.vtable = &abitset_small_vtable;
-  else
-    bset->b.vtable = &abitset_vtable;
-
-  bset->b.cindex = 0;
-  bset->b.csize = size;
-  bset->b.cdata = ABITSET_WORDS (bset);
-  return bset;
-}

lib/abitset.h

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-/* Functions to support abitsets.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _ABITSET_H
-#define _ABITSET_H 
-
-#include "bitset.h"
-
-extern size_t abitset_bytes PARAMS ((bitset_bindex));
-
-extern bitset abitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
-
-#endif

lib/alloca.c

@@ -33,15 +33,7 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifdef emacs
-# include "lisp.h"
 # include "blockinput.h"
-# define xalloc_die() memory_full ()
-# ifdef EMACS_FREE
-#  undef free
-#  define free EMACS_FREE
-# endif
-#else
-# include <xalloc.h>
 #endif
 
 /* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
@@ -61,8 +53,6 @@
 you
 lose
 -- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
-/* Using #error here is not wise since this file should work for
-   old and obscure compilers.  */
 #    endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
 #   endif /* static */
 #  endif /* emacs */
@@ -77,19 +67,32 @@ long i00afunc ();
 #   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
 #  endif
 
-#  ifndef POINTER_TYPE
-#   ifdef __STDC__
-#    define POINTER_TYPE void
-#   else
-#    define POINTER_TYPE char
-#   endif
+#  if __STDC__
+typedef void *pointer;
+#  else
+typedef char *pointer;
 #  endif
-typedef POINTER_TYPE *pointer;
 
 #  ifndef NULL
 #   define NULL 0
 #  endif
 
+/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
+   malloc.  The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
+   ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals.  On the other
+   hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
+   them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
+
+   Non-Emacs programs expect this to call xmalloc.
+
+   Callers below should use malloc.  */
+
+#  ifndef emacs
+#   undef malloc
+#   define malloc xmalloc
+#  endif
+extern pointer malloc ();
+
 /* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
    growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
    deduced at run-time.
@@ -166,8 +169,7 @@ static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
    implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
 
 pointer
-alloca (size)
-     size_t size;
+alloca (size_t size)
 {
   auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
   register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
@@ -213,14 +215,8 @@ alloca (size)
   /* Allocate combined header + user data storage.  */
 
   {
+    register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
     /* Address of header.  */
-    register pointer new;
-
-    size_t combined_size = sizeof (header) + size;
-    if (combined_size < sizeof (header))
-      xalloc_die ();
-
-    new = xmalloc (combined_size);
 
     if (new == 0)
       abort();

lib/ansi2knr.1

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+.TH ANSI2KNR 1 "19 Jan 1996"
+.SH NAME
+ansi2knr \- convert ANSI C to Kernighan & Ritchie C
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.I ansi2knr
+[--varargs] input_file [output_file]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If no output_file is supplied, output goes to stdout.
+.br
+There are no error messages.
+.sp
+.I ansi2knr
+recognizes function definitions by seeing a non-keyword identifier at the left
+margin, followed by a left parenthesis, with a right parenthesis as the last
+character on the line, and with a left brace as the first token on the
+following line (ignoring possible intervening comments).  It will recognize a
+multi-line header provided that no intervening line ends with a left or right
+brace or a semicolon.  These algorithms ignore whitespace and comments, except
+that the function name must be the first thing on the line.
+.sp
+The following constructs will confuse it:
+.br
+     - Any other construct that starts at the left margin and follows the
+above syntax (such as a macro or function call).
+.br
+     - Some macros that tinker with the syntax of the function header.
+.sp
+The --varargs switch is obsolete, and is recognized only for
+backwards compatibility.  The present version of
+.I ansi2knr
+will always attempt to convert a ... argument to va_alist and va_dcl.
+.SH AUTHOR
+L. Peter Deutsch <[email protected]> wrote the original ansi2knr and
+continues to maintain the current version; most of the code in the current
+version is his work.  ansi2knr also includes contributions by Francois
+Pinard <[email protected]> and Jim Avera <[email protected]>.

lib/ansi2knr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,739 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1989, 2000 Aladdin Enterprises.  All rights reserved. */
+
+/*$Id$*/
+/* Convert ANSI C function definitions to K&R ("traditional C") syntax */
+
+/*
+ansi2knr is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+WARRANTY.  No author or distributor accepts responsibility to anyone for the
+consequences of using it or for whether it serves any particular purpose or
+works at all, unless he says so in writing.  Refer to the GNU General Public
+License (the "GPL") for full details.
+
+Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute ansi2knr,
+but only under the conditions described in the GPL.  A copy of this license
+is supposed to have been given to you along with ansi2knr so you can know
+your rights and responsibilities.  It should be in a file named COPYLEFT,
+or, if there is no file named COPYLEFT, a file named COPYING.  Among other
+things, the copyright notice and this notice must be preserved on all
+copies.
+
+We explicitly state here what we believe is already implied by the GPL: if
+the ansi2knr program is distributed as a separate set of sources and a
+separate executable file which are aggregated on a storage medium together
+with another program, this in itself does not bring the other program under
+the GPL, nor does the mere fact that such a program or the procedures for
+constructing it invoke the ansi2knr executable bring any other part of the
+program under the GPL.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * Usage:
+	ansi2knr [--filename FILENAME] [INPUT_FILE [OUTPUT_FILE]]
+ * --filename provides the file name for the #line directive in the output,
+ * overriding input_file (if present).
+ * If no input_file is supplied, input is read from stdin.
+ * If no output_file is supplied, output goes to stdout.
+ * There are no error messages.
+ *
+ * ansi2knr recognizes function definitions by seeing a non-keyword
+ * identifier at the left margin, followed by a left parenthesis, with a
+ * right parenthesis as the last character on the line, and with a left
+ * brace as the first token on the following line (ignoring possible
+ * intervening comments and/or preprocessor directives), except that a line
+ * consisting of only
+ *	identifier1(identifier2)
+ * will not be considered a function definition unless identifier2 is
+ * the word "void", and a line consisting of
+ *	identifier1(identifier2, <<arbitrary>>)
+ * will not be considered a function definition.
+ * ansi2knr will recognize a multi-line header provided that no intervening
+ * line ends with a left or right brace or a semicolon.  These algorithms
+ * ignore whitespace, comments, and preprocessor directives, except that
+ * the function name must be the first thing on the line.  The following
+ * constructs will confuse it:
+ *	- Any other construct that starts at the left margin and
+ *	    follows the above syntax (such as a macro or function call).
+ *	- Some macros that tinker with the syntax of function headers.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The original and principal author of ansi2knr is L. Peter Deutsch
+ * <ghost@aladdin.com>.  Other authors are noted in the change history
+ * that follows (in reverse chronological order):
+
+	lpd 2000-04-12 backs out Eggert's changes because of bugs:
+	- concatlits didn't declare the type of its bufend argument;
+	- concatlits didn't't recognize when it was inside a comment;
+	- scanstring could scan backward past the beginning of the string; when
+	- the check for \ + newline in scanstring was unnecessary.
+
+	2000-03-05  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	Add support for concatenated string literals.
+	* ansi2knr.c (concatlits): New decl.
+	(main): Invoke concatlits to concatenate string literals.
+	(scanstring): Handle backslash-newline correctly.  Work with
+	character constants.  Fix bug when scanning backwards through
+	backslash-quote.  Check for unterminated strings.
+	(convert1): Parse character constants, too.
+	(appendline, concatlits): New functions.
+	* ansi2knr.1: Document this.
+
+	lpd 1999-08-17 added code to allow preprocessor directives
+		wherever comments are allowed
+	lpd 1999-04-12 added minor fixes from Pavel Roskin
+		<pavel_roskin@geocities.com> for clean compilation with
+		gcc -W -Wall
+	lpd 1999-03-22 added hack to recognize lines consisting of
+		identifier1(identifier2, xxx) as *not* being procedures
+	lpd 1999-02-03 made indentation of preprocessor commands consistent
+	lpd 1999-01-28 fixed two bugs: a '/' in an argument list caused an
+		endless loop; quoted strings within an argument list
+		confused the parser
+	lpd 1999-01-24 added a check for write errors on the output,
+		suggested by Jim Meyering <meyering@ascend.com>
+	lpd 1998-11-09 added further hack to recognize identifier(void)
+		as being a procedure
+	lpd 1998-10-23 added hack to recognize lines consisting of
+		identifier1(identifier2) as *not* being procedures
+	lpd 1997-12-08 made input_file optional; only closes input and/or
+		output file if not stdin or stdout respectively; prints
+		usage message on stderr rather than stdout; adds
+		--filename switch (changes suggested by
+		<ceder@lysator.liu.se>)
+	lpd 1996-01-21 added code to cope with not HAVE_CONFIG_H and with
+		compilers that don't understand void, as suggested by
+		Tom Lane
+	lpd 1996-01-15 changed to require that the first non-comment token
+		on the line following a function header be a left brace,
+		to reduce sensitivity to macros, as suggested by Tom Lane
+		<tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
+	lpd 1995-06-22 removed #ifndefs whose sole purpose was to define
+		undefined preprocessor symbols as 0; changed all #ifdefs
+		for configuration symbols to #ifs
+	lpd 1995-04-05 changed copyright notice to make it clear that
+		including ansi2knr in a program does not bring the entire
+		program under the GPL
+	lpd 1994-12-18 added conditionals for systems where ctype macros
+		don't handle 8-bit characters properly, suggested by
+		Francois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>;
+		removed --varargs switch (this is now the default)
+	lpd 1994-10-10 removed CONFIG_BROKETS conditional
+	lpd 1994-07-16 added some conditionals to help GNU `configure',
+		suggested by Francois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>;
+		properly erase prototype args in function parameters,
+		contributed by Jim Avera <jima@netcom.com>;
+		correct error in writeblanks (it shouldn't erase EOLs)
+	lpd 1989-xx-xx original version
+ */
+
+/* Most of the conditionals here are to make ansi2knr work with */
+/* or without the GNU configure machinery. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+/*
+   For properly autoconfiguring ansi2knr, use AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h).
+   This will define HAVE_CONFIG_H and so, activate the following lines.
+ */
+
+# if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
+#  include <string.h>
+# else
+#  include <strings.h>
+# endif
+
+#else /* not HAVE_CONFIG_H */
+
+/* Otherwise do it the hard way */
+
+# ifdef BSD
+#  include <strings.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef VMS
+    extern int strlen(), strncmp();
+#  else
+#   include <string.h>
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+#endif /* not HAVE_CONFIG_H */
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+/*
+   malloc and free should be declared in stdlib.h,
+   but if you've got a K&R compiler, they probably aren't.
+ */
+# ifdef MSDOS
+#  include <malloc.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef VMS
+     extern char *malloc();
+     extern void free();
+#  else
+     extern char *malloc();
+     extern int free();
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* Define NULL (for *very* old compilers). */
+#ifndef NULL
+# define NULL (0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The ctype macros don't always handle 8-bit characters correctly.
+ * Compensate for this here.
+ */
+#ifdef isascii
+# undef HAVE_ISASCII		/* just in case */
+# define HAVE_ISASCII 1
+#else
+#endif
+#if STDC_HEADERS || !HAVE_ISASCII
+# define is_ascii(c) 1
+#else
+# define is_ascii(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+
+#define is_space(c) (is_ascii(c) && isspace(c))
+#define is_alpha(c) (is_ascii(c) && isalpha(c))
+#define is_alnum(c) (is_ascii(c) && isalnum(c))
+
+/* Scanning macros */
+#define isidchar(ch) (is_alnum(ch) || (ch) == '_')
+#define isidfirstchar(ch) (is_alpha(ch) || (ch) == '_')
+
+/* Forward references */
+char *ppdirforward();
+char *ppdirbackward();
+char *skipspace();
+char *scanstring();
+int writeblanks();
+int test1();
+int convert1();
+
+/* The main program */
+int
+main(argc, argv)
+    int argc;
+    char *argv[];
+{	FILE *in = stdin;
+	FILE *out = stdout;
+	char *filename = 0;
+	char *program_name = argv[0];
+	char *output_name = 0;
+#define bufsize 5000			/* arbitrary size */
+	char *buf;
+	char *line;
+	char *more;
+	char *usage =
+	  "Usage: ansi2knr [--filename FILENAME] [INPUT_FILE [OUTPUT_FILE]]\n";
+	/*
+	 * In previous versions, ansi2knr recognized a --varargs switch.
+	 * If this switch was supplied, ansi2knr would attempt to convert
+	 * a ... argument to va_alist and va_dcl; if this switch was not
+	 * supplied, ansi2knr would simply drop any such arguments.
+	 * Now, ansi2knr always does this conversion, and we only
+	 * check for this switch for backward compatibility.
+	 */
+	int convert_varargs = 1;
+	int output_error;
+
+	while ( argc > 1 && argv[1][0] == '-' ) {
+	  if ( !strcmp(argv[1], "--varargs") ) {
+	    convert_varargs = 1;
+	    argc--;
+	    argv++;
+	    continue;
+	  }
+	  if ( !strcmp(argv[1], "--filename") && argc > 2 ) {
+	    filename = argv[2];
+	    argc -= 2;
+	    argv += 2;
+	    continue;
+	  }
+	  fprintf(stderr, "%s: Unrecognized switch: %s\n", program_name,
+		  argv[1]);
+	  fprintf(stderr, usage);
+	  exit(1);
+	}
+	switch ( argc )
+	   {
+	default:
+		fprintf(stderr, usage);
+		exit(0);
+	case 3:
+		output_name = argv[2];
+		out = fopen(output_name, "w");
+		if ( out == NULL ) {
+		  fprintf(stderr, "%s: Cannot open output file %s\n",
+			  program_name, output_name);
+		  exit(1);
+		}
+		/* falls through */
+	case 2:
+		in = fopen(argv[1], "r");
+		if ( in == NULL ) {
+		  fprintf(stderr, "%s: Cannot open input file %s\n",
+			  program_name, argv[1]);
+		  exit(1);
+		}
+		if ( filename == 0 )
+		  filename = argv[1];
+		/* falls through */
+	case 1:
+		break;
+	   }
+	if ( filename )
+	  fprintf(out, "#line 1 \"%s\"\n", filename);
+	buf = malloc(bufsize);
+	if ( buf == NULL )
+	   {
+		fprintf(stderr, "Unable to allocate read buffer!\n");
+		exit(1);
+	   }
+	line = buf;
+	while ( fgets(line, (unsigned)(buf + bufsize - line), in) != NULL )
+	   {
+test:		line += strlen(line);
+		switch ( test1(buf) )
+		   {
+		case 2:			/* a function header */
+			convert1(buf, out, 1, convert_varargs);
+			break;
+		case 1:			/* a function */
+			/* Check for a { at the start of the next line. */
+			more = ++line;
+f:			if ( line >= buf + (bufsize - 1) ) /* overflow check */
+			  goto wl;
+			if ( fgets(line, (unsigned)(buf + bufsize - line), in) == NULL )
+			  goto wl;
+			switch ( *skipspace(ppdirforward(more), 1) )
+			  {
+			  case '{':
+			    /* Definitely a function header. */
+			    convert1(buf, out, 0, convert_varargs);
+			    fputs(more, out);
+			    break;
+			  case 0:
+			    /* The next line was blank or a comment: */
+			    /* keep scanning for a non-comment. */
+			    line += strlen(line);
+			    goto f;
+			  default:
+			    /* buf isn't a function header, but */
+			    /* more might be. */
+			    fputs(buf, out);
+			    strcpy(buf, more);
+			    line = buf;
+			    goto test;
+			  }
+			break;
+		case -1:		/* maybe the start of a function */
+			if ( line != buf + (bufsize - 1) ) /* overflow check */
+			  continue;
+			/* falls through */
+		default:		/* not a function */
+wl:			fputs(buf, out);
+			break;
+		   }
+		line = buf;
+	   }
+	if ( line != buf )
+	  fputs(buf, out);
+	free(buf);
+	if ( output_name ) {
+	  output_error = ferror(out);
+	  output_error |= fclose(out);
+	} else {		/* out == stdout */
+	  fflush(out);
+	  output_error = ferror(out);
+	}
+	if ( output_error ) {
+	  fprintf(stderr, "%s: error writing to %s\n", program_name,
+		  (output_name ? output_name : "stdout"));
+	  exit(1);
+	}
+	if ( in != stdin )
+	  fclose(in);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Skip forward or backward over one or more preprocessor directives.
+ */
+char *
+ppdirforward(p)
+    char *p;
+{
+    for (; *p == '#'; ++p) {
+	for (; *p != '\r' && *p != '\n'; ++p)
+	    if (*p == 0)
+		return p;
+	if (*p == '\r' && p[1] == '\n')
+	    ++p;
+    }
+    return p;
+}
+char *
+ppdirbackward(p, limit)
+    char *p;
+    char *limit;
+{
+    char *np = p;
+
+    for (;; p = --np) {
+	if (*np == '\n' && np[-1] == '\r')
+	    --np;
+	for (; np > limit && np[-1] != '\r' && np[-1] != '\n'; --np)
+	    if (np[-1] == 0)
+		return np;
+	if (*np != '#')
+	    return p;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Skip over whitespace, comments, and preprocessor directives,
+ * in either direction.
+ */
+char *
+skipspace(p, dir)
+    char *p;
+    int dir;			/* 1 for forward, -1 for backward */
+{
+    for ( ; ; ) {
+	while ( is_space(*p) )
+	    p += dir;
+	if ( !(*p == '/' && p[dir] == '*') )
+	    break;
+	p += dir;  p += dir;
+	while ( !(*p == '*' && p[dir] == '/') ) {
+	    if ( *p == 0 )
+		return p;	/* multi-line comment?? */
+	    p += dir;
+	}
+	p += dir;  p += dir;
+    }
+    return p;
+}
+
+/* Scan over a quoted string, in either direction. */
+char *
+scanstring(p, dir)
+    char *p;
+    int dir;
+{
+    for (p += dir; ; p += dir)
+	if (*p == '"' && p[-dir] != '\\')
+	    return p + dir;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Write blanks over part of a string.
+ * Don't overwrite end-of-line characters.
+ */
+int
+writeblanks(start, end)
+    char *start;
+    char *end;
+{	char *p;
+	for ( p = start; p < end; p++ )
+	  if ( *p != '\r' && *p != '\n' )
+	    *p = ' ';
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Test whether the string in buf is a function definition.
+ * The string may contain and/or end with a newline.
+ * Return as follows:
+ *	0 - definitely not a function definition;
+ *	1 - definitely a function definition;
+ *	2 - definitely a function prototype (NOT USED);
+ *	-1 - may be the beginning of a function definition,
+ *		append another line and look again.
+ * The reason we don't attempt to convert function prototypes is that
+ * Ghostscript's declaration-generating macros look too much like
+ * prototypes, and confuse the algorithms.
+ */
+int
+test1(buf)
+    char *buf;
+{	char *p = buf;
+	char *bend;
+	char *endfn;
+	int contin;
+
+	if ( !isidfirstchar(*p) )
+	  return 0;		/* no name at left margin */
+	bend = skipspace(ppdirbackward(buf + strlen(buf) - 1, buf), -1);
+	switch ( *bend )
+	   {
+	   case ';': contin = 0 /*2*/; break;
+	   case ')': contin = 1; break;
+	   case '{': return 0;		/* not a function */
+	   case '}': return 0;		/* not a function */
+	   default: contin = -1;
+	   }
+	while ( isidchar(*p) )
+	  p++;
+	endfn = p;
+	p = skipspace(p, 1);
+	if ( *p++ != '(' )
+	  return 0;		/* not a function */
+	p = skipspace(p, 1);
+	if ( *p == ')' )
+	  return 0;		/* no parameters */
+	/* Check that the apparent function name isn't a keyword. */
+	/* We only need to check for keywords that could be followed */
+	/* by a left parenthesis (which, unfortunately, is most of them). */
+	   {	static char *words[] =
+		   {	"asm", "auto", "case", "char", "const", "double",
+			"extern", "float", "for", "if", "int", "long",
+			"register", "return", "short", "signed", "sizeof",
+			"static", "switch", "typedef", "unsigned",
+			"void", "volatile", "while", 0
+		   };
+		char **key = words;
+		char *kp;
+		unsigned len = endfn - buf;
+
+		while ( (kp = *key) != 0 )
+		   {	if ( strlen(kp) == len && !strncmp(kp, buf, len) )
+			  return 0;	/* name is a keyword */
+			key++;
+		   }
+	   }
+	   {
+	       char *id = p;
+	       int len;
+	       /*
+		* Check for identifier1(identifier2) and not
+		* identifier1(void), or identifier1(identifier2, xxxx).
+		*/
+
+	       while ( isidchar(*p) )
+		   p++;
+	       len = p - id;
+	       p = skipspace(p, 1);
+	       if (*p == ',' ||
+		   (*p == ')' && (len != 4 || strncmp(id, "void", 4)))
+		   )
+		   return 0;	/* not a function */
+	   }
+	/*
+	 * If the last significant character was a ), we need to count
+	 * parentheses, because it might be part of a formal parameter
+	 * that is a procedure.
+	 */
+	if (contin > 0) {
+	    int level = 0;
+
+	    for (p = skipspace(buf, 1); *p; p = skipspace(p + 1, 1))
+		level += (*p == '(' ? 1 : *p == ')' ? -1 : 0);
+	    if (level > 0)
+		contin = -1;
+	}
+	return contin;
+}
+
+/* Convert a recognized function definition or header to K&R syntax. */
+int
+convert1(buf, out, header, convert_varargs)
+    char *buf;
+    FILE *out;
+    int header;			/* Boolean */
+    int convert_varargs;	/* Boolean */
+{	char *endfn;
+	char *p;
+	/*
+	 * The breaks table contains pointers to the beginning and end
+	 * of each argument.
+	 */
+	char **breaks;
+	unsigned num_breaks = 2;	/* for testing */
+	char **btop;
+	char **bp;
+	char **ap;
+	char *vararg = 0;
+
+	/* Pre-ANSI implementations don't agree on whether strchr */
+	/* is called strchr or index, so we open-code it here. */
+	for ( endfn = buf; *(endfn++) != '('; )
+	  ;
+top:	p = endfn;
+	breaks = (char **)malloc(sizeof(char *) * num_breaks * 2);
+	if ( breaks == NULL )
+	   {	/* Couldn't allocate break table, give up */
+		fprintf(stderr, "Unable to allocate break table!\n");
+		fputs(buf, out);
+		return -1;
+	   }
+	btop = breaks + num_breaks * 2 - 2;
+	bp = breaks;
+	/* Parse the argument list */
+	do
+	   {	int level = 0;
+		char *lp = NULL;
+		char *rp = NULL;
+		char *end = NULL;
+
+		if ( bp >= btop )
+		   {	/* Filled up break table. */
+			/* Allocate a bigger one and start over. */
+			free((char *)breaks);
+			num_breaks <<= 1;
+			goto top;
+		   }
+		*bp++ = p;
+		/* Find the end of the argument */
+		for ( ; end == NULL; p++ )
+		   {	switch(*p)
+			   {
+			   case ',':
+				if ( !level ) end = p;
+				break;
+			   case '(':
+				if ( !level ) lp = p;
+				level++;
+				break;
+			   case ')':
+				if ( --level < 0 ) end = p;
+				else rp = p;
+				break;
+			   case '/':
+				if (p[1] == '*')
+				    p = skipspace(p, 1) - 1;
+				break;
+			   case '"':
+			       p = scanstring(p, 1) - 1;
+			       break;
+			   default:
+				;
+			   }
+		   }
+		/* Erase any embedded prototype parameters. */
+		if ( lp && rp )
+		  writeblanks(lp + 1, rp);
+		p--;			/* back up over terminator */
+		/* Find the name being declared. */
+		/* This is complicated because of procedure and */
+		/* array modifiers. */
+		for ( ; ; )
+		   {	p = skipspace(p - 1, -1);
+			switch ( *p )
+			   {
+			   case ']':	/* skip array dimension(s) */
+			   case ')':	/* skip procedure args OR name */
+			   {	int level = 1;
+				while ( level )
+				 switch ( *--p )
+				   {
+				   case ']': case ')':
+				       level++;
+				       break;
+				   case '[': case '(':
+				       level--;
+				       break;
+				   case '/':
+				       if (p > buf && p[-1] == '*')
+					   p = skipspace(p, -1) + 1;
+				       break;
+				   case '"':
+				       p = scanstring(p, -1) + 1;
+				       break;
+				   default: ;
+				   }
+			   }
+				if ( *p == '(' && *skipspace(p + 1, 1) == '*' )
+				   {	/* We found the name being declared */
+					while ( !isidfirstchar(*p) )
+					  p = skipspace(p, 1) + 1;
+					goto found;
+				   }
+				break;
+			   default:
+				goto found;
+			   }
+		   }
+found:		if ( *p == '.' && p[-1] == '.' && p[-2] == '.' )
+		  {	if ( convert_varargs )
+			  {	*bp++ = "va_alist";
+				vararg = p-2;
+			  }
+			else
+			  {	p++;
+				if ( bp == breaks + 1 )	/* sole argument */
+				  writeblanks(breaks[0], p);
+				else
+				  writeblanks(bp[-1] - 1, p);
+				bp--;
+			  }
+		   }
+		else
+		   {	while ( isidchar(*p) ) p--;
+			*bp++ = p+1;
+		   }
+		p = end;
+	   }
+	while ( *p++ == ',' );
+	*bp = p;
+	/* Make a special check for 'void' arglist */
+	if ( bp == breaks+2 )
+	   {	p = skipspace(breaks[0], 1);
+		if ( !strncmp(p, "void", 4) )
+		   {	p = skipspace(p+4, 1);
+			if ( p == breaks[2] - 1 )
+			   {	bp = breaks;	/* yup, pretend arglist is empty */
+				writeblanks(breaks[0], p + 1);
+			   }
+		   }
+	   }
+	/* Put out the function name and left parenthesis. */
+	p = buf;
+	while ( p != endfn ) putc(*p, out), p++;
+	/* Put out the declaration. */
+	if ( header )
+	  {	fputs(");", out);
+		for ( p = breaks[0]; *p; p++ )
+		  if ( *p == '\r' || *p == '\n' )
+		    putc(*p, out);
+	  }
+	else
+	  {	for ( ap = breaks+1; ap < bp; ap += 2 )
+		  {	p = *ap;
+			while ( isidchar(*p) )
+			  putc(*p, out), p++;
+			if ( ap < bp - 1 )
+			  fputs(", ", out);
+		  }
+		fputs(")  ", out);
+		/* Put out the argument declarations */
+		for ( ap = breaks+2; ap <= bp; ap += 2 )
+		  (*ap)[-1] = ';';
+		if ( vararg != 0 )
+		  {	*vararg = 0;
+			fputs(breaks[0], out);		/* any prior args */
+			fputs("va_dcl", out);		/* the final arg */
+			fputs(bp[0], out);
+		  }
+		else
+		  fputs(breaks[0], out);
+	  }
+	free((char *)breaks);
+	return 0;
+}

lib/argmatch.c

@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-/* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>
-   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Specification.  */
-#include "argmatch.h"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "gettext.h"
-#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
-
-#include "error.h"
-#include "quotearg.h"
-#include "quote.h"
-#include "unlocked-io.h"
-
-/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
-   by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE.  Do not use
-   literal_quoting_style.  */
-#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
-# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE locale_quoting_style
-#endif
-
-/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
-#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
-# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (EXIT_FAILURE)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
-ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
-#endif
-
-static void
-__argmatch_die (void)
-{
-  ARGMATCH_DIE;
-}
-
-/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH.  See description in argmatch.h.
-   Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
-argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
-
-
-/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
-   null-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
-   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
-   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
-
-   If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
-   synonyms, i.e., for
-     "yes", "yop" -> 0
-     "no", "nope" -> 1
-   "y" is a valid argument, for `0', and "n" for `1'.  */
-
-int
-argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
-	  const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
-{
-  int i;			/* Temporary index in ARGLIST.  */
-  size_t arglen;		/* Length of ARG.  */
-  int matchind = -1;		/* Index of first nonexact match.  */
-  int ambiguous = 0;		/* If nonzero, multiple nonexact match(es).  */
-
-  arglen = strlen (arg);
-
-  /* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches.  */
-  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
-    {
-      if (!strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
-	{
-	  if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
-	    /* Exact match found.  */
-	    return i;
-	  else if (matchind == -1)
-	    /* First nonexact match found.  */
-	    matchind = i;
-	  else
-	    {
-	      /* Second nonexact match found.  */
-	      if (vallist == NULL
-		  || memcmp (vallist + valsize * matchind,
-			     vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
-		{
-		  /* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
-		     disambiguate. */
-		  ambiguous = 1;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  if (ambiguous)
-    return -2;
-  else
-    return matchind;
-}
-
-/* Error reporting for argmatch.
-   CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
-   VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
-   PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch.  */
-
-void
-argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, int problem)
-{
-  char const *format = (problem == -1
-			? _("invalid argument %s for %s")
-			: _("ambiguous argument %s for %s"));
-
-  error (0, 0, format, quotearg_n_style (0, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value),
-	 quote_n (1, context));
-}
-
-/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
-   ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
-   VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
-   VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
-void
-argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
-		const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
-{
-  int i;
-  const char *last_val = NULL;
-
-  /* We try to put synonyms on the same line.  The assumption is that
-     synonyms follow each other */
-  fprintf (stderr, _("Valid arguments are:"));
-  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
-    if ((i == 0)
-	|| memcmp (last_val, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
-      {
-	fprintf (stderr, "\n  - `%s'", arglist[i]);
-	last_val = vallist + valsize * i;
-      }
-    else
-      {
-	fprintf (stderr, ", `%s'", arglist[i]);
-      }
-  putc ('\n', stderr);
-}
-
-/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
-
-   CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
-   "--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.).  Upon failure,
-   calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
-
-int
-__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
-		      const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
-		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
-		      argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
-{
-  int res = argmatch (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize);
-  if (res >= 0)
-    /* Success. */
-    return res;
-
-  /* We failed.  Explain why. */
-  argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
-  argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
-  (*exit_fn) ();
-
-  return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
-}
-
-/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
-   return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
-const char *
-argmatch_to_argument (const char *value,
-		      const char *const *arglist,
-		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
-{
-  int i;
-
-  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
-    if (!memcmp (value, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
-      return arglist[i];
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-#ifdef TEST
-/*
- * Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
- */
-char *program_name;
-extern const char *getenv ();
-
-/* When to make backup files.  */
-enum backup_type
-{
-  /* Never make backups.  */
-  none,
-
-  /* Make simple backups of every file.  */
-  simple,
-
-  /* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
-     and simple backups of the others.  */
-  numbered_existing,
-
-  /* Make numbered backups of every file.  */
-  numbered
-};
-
-/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
-   values */
-static const char *const backup_args[] =
-{
-  "no", "none", "off",
-  "simple", "never",
-  "existing", "nil",
-  "numbered", "t",
-  0
-};
-
-static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
-{
-  none, none, none,
-  simple, simple,
-  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
-  numbered, numbered
-};
-
-int
-main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
-{
-  const char *cp;
-  enum backup_type backup_type = none;
-
-  program_name = (char *) argv[0];
-
-  if (argc > 2)
-    {
-      fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", program_name);
-      exit (1);
-    }
-
-  if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
-    backup_type = XARGMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
-			     backup_args, backup_vals);
-
-  if (argc == 2)
-    backup_type = XARGMATCH (program_name, argv[1],
-			     backup_args, backup_vals);
-
-  printf ("The version control is `%s'\n",
-	  ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
-
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif

lib/argmatch.h

@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-/* argmatch.h -- definitions and prototypes for argmatch.c
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>
-   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
-
-#ifndef ARGMATCH_H_
-# define ARGMATCH_H_ 1
-
-# include <stddef.h>
-
-# define ARRAY_CARDINALITY(Array) (sizeof (Array) / sizeof *(Array))
-
-# define ARGMATCH_CONSTRAINT(Arglist, Vallist) \
-  (ARRAY_CARDINALITY (Arglist) == ARRAY_CARDINALITY (Vallist) + 1)
-
-/* Assert there are as many real arguments as there are values
-   (argument list ends with a NULL guard).  ARGMATCH_VERIFY is
-   preferred, since it is guaranteed to be checked at compile-time.
-   ARGMATCH_ASSERT is for backward compatibility only.  */
-
-# define ARGMATCH_VERIFY(Arglist, Vallist)				  \
-  struct argmatch_verify						  \
-  {									  \
-    char argmatch_verify[ARGMATCH_CONSTRAINT(Arglist, Vallist) ? 1 : -1]; \
-  }
-
-# define ARGMATCH_ASSERT(Arglist, Vallist) \
-  assert (ARGMATCH_CONSTRAINT (Arglist, Vallist))
-
-/* Return the index of the element of ARGLIST (NULL terminated) that
-   matches with ARG.  If VALLIST is not NULL, then use it to resolve
-   false ambiguities (i.e., different matches of ARG but corresponding
-   to the same values in VALLIST).  */
-
-int argmatch (char const *arg, char const *const *arglist,
-	      char const *vallist, size_t valsize);
-
-# define ARGMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
-  argmatch (Arg, Arglist, (char const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
-
-/* xargmatch calls this function when it fails.  This function should not
-   return.  By default, this is a function that calls ARGMATCH_DIE which
-   in turn defaults to `exit (EXIT_FAILURE)'.  */
-typedef void (*argmatch_exit_fn) (void);
-extern argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die;
-
-/* Report on stderr why argmatch failed.  Report correct values. */
-
-void argmatch_invalid (char const *context, char const *value, int problem);
-
-/* Left for compatibility with the old name invalid_arg */
-
-# define invalid_arg(Context, Value, Problem) \
-  argmatch_invalid (Context, Value, Problem)
-
-
-
-/* Report on stderr the list of possible arguments.  */
-
-void argmatch_valid (char const *const *arglist,
-		     char const *vallist, size_t valsize);
-
-# define ARGMATCH_VALID(Arglist, Vallist) \
-  argmatch_valid (Arglist, (char const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
-
-
-
-/* Same as argmatch, but upon failure, reports a explanation on the
-   failure, and exits using the function EXIT_FN. */
-
-int __xargmatch_internal (char const *context,
-			  char const *arg, char const *const *arglist,
-			  char const *vallist, size_t valsize,
-			  argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn);
-
-/* Programmer friendly interface to __xargmatch_internal. */
-
-# define XARGMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)		\
-  ((Vallist) [__xargmatch_internal (Context, Arg, Arglist,	\
-				    (char const *) (Vallist),	\
-				    sizeof *(Vallist),		\
-				    argmatch_die)])
-
-/* Convert a value into a corresponding argument. */
-
-char const *argmatch_to_argument (char const *value,
-				  char const *const *arglist,
-				  char const *vallist, size_t valsize);
-
-# define ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT(Value, Arglist, Vallist)			\
-  argmatch_to_argument (Value, Arglist,					\
-			(char const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
-
-#endif /* ARGMATCH_H_ */

lib/basename.c

@@ -19,61 +19,53 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
 #endif
-#include "dirname.h"
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+#endif
+
+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *name));
 
 /* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
    since it has different meanings in different environments.
    In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
-
-   Return the address of the last file name component of NAME.  If
-   NAME has no file name components because it is all slashes, return
-   NAME if it is empty, the address of its last slash otherwise.  */
+   If NAME is all slashes, be sure to return `/'.  */
 
 char *
 base_name (char const *name)
 {
-  char const *base = name + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+  char const *base = name += FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+  int all_slashes = 1;
   char const *p;
 
-  for (p = base; *p; p++)
+  for (p = name; *p; p++)
     {
       if (ISSLASH (*p))
-	{
-	  /* Treat multiple adjacent slashes like a single slash.  */
-	  do p++;
-	  while (ISSLASH (*p));
-
-	  /* If the file name ends in slash, use the trailing slash as
-	     the basename if no non-slashes have been found.  */
-	  if (! *p)
-	    {
-	      if (ISSLASH (*base))
-		base = p - 1;
-	      break;
-	    }
-
-	  /* *P is a non-slash preceded by a slash.  */
-	  base = p;
-	}
+	base = p + 1;
+      else
+	all_slashes = 0;
     }
 
+  /* If NAME is all slashes, arrange to return `/'.  */
+  if (*base == '\0' && ISSLASH (*name) && all_slashes)
+    --base;
+
+  /* Make sure the last byte is not a slash.  */
+  assert (all_slashes || !ISSLASH (*(p - 1)));
+
   return (char *) base;
 }
-
-/* Return the length of of the basename NAME.  Typically NAME is the
-   value returned by base_name.  Act like strlen (NAME), except omit
-   redundant trailing slashes.  */
-
-size_t
-base_len (char const *name)
-{
-  size_t len;
-
-  for (len = strlen (name);  1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]);  len--)
-    continue;
-
-  return len;
-}

lib/bbitset.h

@@ -1,282 +0,0 @@
-/* Base bitset stuff.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _BBITSET_H
-#define _BBITSET_H
-
-#include "libiberty.h"
-
-#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
-#include <limits.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Currently we support three flavours of bitsets:
-   BITSET_ARRAY:  Array of bits (fixed size, fast for dense bitsets).
-   BITSET_LIST:   Linked list of array of bits (variable size, least storage
-		  for large very sparse sets).
-   BITSET_TABLE:  Expandable table of pointers to array of bits
-		  (variable size, less storage for large sparse sets).
-
-   BITSET_STATS:  Wrapper bitset for internal use only.
-*/
-enum bitset_type {BITSET_ARRAY, BITSET_LIST, BITSET_TABLE, BITSET_TYPE_NUM,
-		  BITSET_STATS};
-#define BITSET_TYPE_NAMES {"abitset", "lbitset", "ebitset"}
-
-extern const char * const bitset_type_names[];
-
-enum bitset_alloc_type {BITSET_MALLOC, BITSET_OBALLOC};
-
-/* Data type used to store a word of bits.  */
-typedef unsigned long bitset_word;
-#define BITSET_WORD_BITS ((unsigned) (CHAR_BIT * sizeof (bitset_word)))
-
-/* Bit index.  In theory we might need a type wider than size_t, but
-   in practice we lose at most a factor of CHAR_BIT by going with
-   size_t, and that is good enough.  If this type is changed to be
-   wider than size_t, the code needs to be modified to check for
-   overflow when converting bit counts to byte or word counts.
-   The bit and word index types must be unsigned.  */
-typedef size_t bitset_bindex;
-
-/* Word index.  */
-typedef size_t bitset_windex;
-
-/* Maximum values for commonly-used unsigned types.  BITSET_SIZE_MAX
-   always equals SIZE_MAX, but some older systems lack SIZE_MAX.  */
-#define BITSET_BINDEX_MAX ((bitset_bindex) -1)
-
-/* Limit max word index to the maximum value of a signed integer
-   to simplify cache disabling.  */
-#define BITSET_WINDEX_MAX (((bitset_windex) -1) >> 1)
-#define BITSET_SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
-
-#define BITSET_MSB ((bitset_word) 1 << (BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1))
-
-#define BITSET_LIST_SIZE 1024
-
-enum bitset_ops {BITSET_OP_ZERO, BITSET_OP_ONES,
-		 BITSET_OP_COPY, BITSET_OP_NOT,
-		 BITSET_OP_EMPTY_P, BITSET_OP_EQUAL_P,
-		 BITSET_OP_SUBSET_P, BITSET_OP_DISJOINT_P,
-		 BITSET_OP_AND, BITSET_OP_OR, BITSET_OP_XOR, BITSET_OP_ANDN,
-		 BITSET_OP_OR_AND, BITSET_OP_AND_OR, BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR};
-
-struct bbitset_struct
-{
-  const struct bitset_vtable * vtable;
-  bitset_windex cindex;		/* Cache word index.  */
-  bitset_windex csize;		/* Cache size in words.  */
-  bitset_word *cdata;		/* Cache data pointer.  */
-  /* Perhaps we could sacrifice another word to indicate
-     that the bitset is known to be zero, that a bit has been set
-     in the cache, and that a bit has been cleared in the cache.
-     This would speed up some of the searches but slightly slow down
-     bit set/reset operations of cached bits.  */
-};
-
-
-typedef union bitset_union *bitset;
-
-
-/* The contents of this structure should be considered private.  */
-struct bitset_vtable
-{
-  void (*set) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
-  void (*reset) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
-  int (*toggle) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
-  int (*test) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
-  bitset_bindex (*size) PARAMS ((bitset));
-  bitset_bindex (*count) PARAMS ((bitset));
-
-  int (*empty_p) PARAMS ((bitset));
-  void (*ones) PARAMS ((bitset));
-  void (*zero) PARAMS ((bitset));
-
-  void (*copy) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
-  int (*disjoint_p) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
-  int (*equal_p) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
-  void (*not) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
-  int (*subset_p) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
-
-  void (*and) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  int (*and_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  void (*andn) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  int (*andn_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  void (*or) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  int (*or_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  void (*xor) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  int (*xor_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
-
-  void (*and_or) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  int (*and_or_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  void (*andn_or) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  int (*andn_or_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  void (*or_and) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  int (*or_and_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
-
-  bitset_bindex (*list) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex *,
-				 bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex *));
-  bitset_bindex (*list_reverse) PARAMS ((bitset,
-					 bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex,
-					 bitset_bindex *));
-  void (*free) PARAMS ((bitset));
-  enum bitset_type type;
-};
-
-#define BITSET_COMPATIBLE_(BSET1, BSET2) ((BSET1)->b.vtable == (BSET2)->b.vtable)
-
-#define BITSET_CHECK2_(DST, SRC) \
-if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC)) abort ();
-
-#define BITSET_CHECK3_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) \
-if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC1) \
-    || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC2)) abort ();
-
-#define BITSET_CHECK4_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
-if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC1) || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC2) \
-    || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC3)) abort ();
-
-
-/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
-#define BITSET_SIZE_(SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->size (SRC)
-
-/* Return number of bits set in bitset SRC.  */
-#define BITSET_COUNT_(SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->count (SRC)
-
-/* Return type of bitset SRC.  */
-#define BITSET_TYPE_(DST) (DST)->b.vtable->type
-
-/* Set bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
-#define BITSET_SET_(DST, BITNO) (DST)->b.vtable->set (DST, BITNO)
-
-/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
-#define BITSET_RESET_(DST, BITNO) (DST)->b.vtable->reset (DST, BITNO)
-
-/* Toggle bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
-#define BITSET_TOGGLE_(DST, BITNO) (DST)->b.vtable->toggle (DST, BITNO)
-
-/* Return non-zero if bit BITNO in bitset SRC is set.  */
-#define BITSET_TEST_(SRC, BITNO) (SRC)->b.vtable->test (SRC, BITNO)
-
-/* Free bitset SRC.  */
-#define BITSET_FREE_(SRC)\
- ((SRC)->b.vtable->free ? (SRC)->b.vtable->free (SRC) :(void)0)
-
-
-/* Return SRC == 0.  */
-#define BITSET_EMPTY_P_(SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->empty_p (SRC)
-
-/* DST = ~0.  */
-#define BITSET_ONES_(DST) (DST)->b.vtable->ones (DST)
-
-/* DST = 0.  */
-#define BITSET_ZERO_(DST) (DST)->b.vtable->zero (DST)
-
-
-
-/* DST = SRC.  */
-#define BITSET_COPY_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->copy (DST, SRC)
-
-/* Return DST & SRC == 0.  */
-#define BITSET_DISJOINT_P_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->disjoint_p (DST, SRC)
-
-/* Return DST == SRC.  */
-#define BITSET_EQUAL_P_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->equal_p (DST, SRC)
-
-/* DST = ~SRC.  */
-#define BITSET_NOT_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->not (DST, SRC)
-
-/* Return DST == DST | SRC.  */
-#define BITSET_SUBSET_P_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->subset_p (DST, SRC)
-
-
-/* DST = SRC1 & SRC2.  */
-#define BITSET_AND_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->and (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-#define BITSET_AND_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->and_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-
-/* DST = SRC1 & ~SRC2.  */
-#define BITSET_ANDN_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->andn (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-#define BITSET_ANDN_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->andn_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-
-/* DST = SRC1 | SRC2.  */
-#define BITSET_OR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->or (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-#define BITSET_OR_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-
-/* DST = SRC1 ^ SRC2.  */
-#define BITSET_XOR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->xor (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-#define BITSET_XOR_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->xor_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-
-
-
-/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
-   DST != (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
-#define BITSET_AND_OR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
- (SRC1)->b.vtable->and_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
-#define BITSET_AND_OR_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
- (SRC1)->b.vtable->and_or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
-
-/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
-   DST != (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
-#define BITSET_ANDN_OR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
- (SRC1)->b.vtable->andn_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
-#define BITSET_ANDN_OR_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
- (SRC1)->b.vtable->andn_or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
-
-/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  Return non-zero if
-   DST != (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
-#define BITSET_OR_AND_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
- (SRC1)->b.vtable->or_and (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
-#define BITSET_OR_AND_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
- (SRC1)->b.vtable->or_and_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
-
-
-/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
-   *NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with *NEXT
-   indicating where search stopped.  */
-#define BITSET_LIST_(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
- (BSET)->b.vtable->list (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT)
-
-/* Find reverse list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and
-   including NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with
-   *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
-#define BITSET_LIST_REVERSE_(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
- (BSET)->b.vtable->list_reverse (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT)
-
-
-/* Private functions for bitset implementations.  */
-
-extern int bitset_toggle_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
-
-extern bitset_bindex bitset_count_ PARAMS ((bitset));
-
-extern int bitset_copy_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
-
-extern void bitset_and_or_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
-
-extern int bitset_and_or_cmp_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
-
-extern void bitset_andn_or_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
-
-extern int bitset_andn_or_cmp_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
-
-extern void bitset_or_and_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
-
-extern int bitset_or_and_cmp_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
-
-#endif /* _BBITSET_H  */

lib/bitset.c

@@ -1,479 +0,0 @@
-/* General bitsets.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "bitset.h"
-#include "abitset.h"
-#include "lbitset.h"
-#include "ebitset.h"
-#include "bitset_stats.h"
-#include "obstack.h"
-
-const char * const bitset_type_names[] = BITSET_TYPE_NAMES;
-
-
-/* Return number of bytes required to create a N_BIT bitset
-   of TYPE.  The bitset may grow to require more bytes than this.  */
-size_t
-bitset_bytes (enum bitset_type type, bitset_bindex n_bits)
-{
-  size_t bytes;
-
-  if (bitset_stats_enabled)
-    return bitset_stats_bytes ();
-
-  switch (type)
-    {
-    case BITSET_ARRAY:
-      bytes = abitset_bytes (n_bits);
-      break;
-
-    case BITSET_LIST:
-      bytes = lbitset_bytes (n_bits);
-      break;
-
-    case BITSET_TABLE:
-      bytes = ebitset_bytes (n_bits);
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      abort ();
-    }
-
-  return bytes;
-}
-
-
-/* Initialise bitset BSET of TYPE for N_BITS.  */
-bitset
-bitset_init (bitset bset, bitset_bindex n_bits, enum bitset_type type)
-{
-  if (bitset_stats_enabled)
-    return bitset_stats_init (bset, n_bits, type);
-
-  switch (type)
-    {
-    case BITSET_ARRAY:
-      return abitset_init (bset, n_bits);
-
-    case BITSET_LIST:
-      return lbitset_init (bset, n_bits);
-
-    case BITSET_TABLE:
-      return ebitset_init (bset, n_bits);
-
-    default:
-      abort ();
-    }
-}
-
-
-/* Select a bitset type for a set of N_BITS and with attribute hints
-   specified by ATTR.  For variable size bitsets, N_BITS is only a
-   hint and may be zero.  */
-enum bitset_type
-bitset_type_choose (bitset_bindex n_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int attr)
-{
-  enum bitset_type type;
-
-  /* Check attributes.  */
-  if (attr & BITSET_FIXED && attr & BITSET_VARIABLE)
-    abort ();
-  if (attr & BITSET_SPARSE && attr & BITSET_DENSE)
-    abort ();
-
-  /* Choose the type of bitset. Note that sometimes we will be asked
-  for a zero length fixed size bitset.  */
-
-  type = BITSET_ARRAY;
-  /* Currently, the simple bitsets do not support a variable size.  */
-  if (attr & BITSET_VARIABLE || attr & BITSET_SPARSE)
-    {
-      type = BITSET_LIST;
-      if (attr & BITSET_DENSE || attr & BITSET_GREEDY)
-	type = BITSET_TABLE;
-    }
-
-  return type;
-}
-
-
-/* Create a bitset of N_BITS of type TYPE.  */
-bitset
-bitset_alloc (bitset_bindex n_bits, enum bitset_type type)
-{
-  size_t bytes;
-  bitset bset;
-
-  bytes = bitset_bytes (type, n_bits);
-
-  bset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
-
-  /* The cache is disabled until some elements are allocated.  If we
-     have variable length arrays, then we may need to allocate a dummy
-     element.  */
-
-  return bitset_init (bset, n_bits, type);
-}
-
-
-/* Create a bitset of N_BITS of type TYPE.  */
-bitset
-bitset_obstack_alloc (struct obstack *bobstack,
-		      bitset_bindex n_bits, enum bitset_type type)
-{
-  size_t bytes;
-  bitset bset;
-
-  bytes = bitset_bytes (type, n_bits);
-
-  bset = obstack_alloc (bobstack, bytes);
-  memset (bset, 0, bytes);
-
-  return bitset_init (bset, n_bits, type);
-}
-
-
-/* Create a bitset of N_BITS and with attribute hints specified by
-   ATTR.  */
-bitset
-bitset_create (bitset_bindex n_bits, unsigned int attr)
-{
-  enum bitset_type type;
-
-  type = bitset_type_choose (n_bits, attr);
-
-  return bitset_alloc (n_bits, type);
-}
-
-
-/* Free bitset BSET.  */
-void
-bitset_free (bitset bset)
-{
-  BITSET_FREE_ (bset);
-  free (bset);
-}
-
-
-/* Free bitset BSET allocated on obstack.  */
-void
-bitset_obstack_free (bitset bset)
-{
-  BITSET_FREE_ (bset);
-}
-
-
-/* Return bitset type.  */
-enum bitset_type
-bitset_type_get (bitset bset)
-{
-   enum bitset_type type;
-
-   type = BITSET_TYPE_ (bset);
-   if (type != BITSET_STATS)
-      return type;
-
-   return bitset_stats_type_get (bset);
-}
-
-
-/* Return name of bitset type.  */
-const char *
-bitset_type_name_get (bitset bset)
-{
-  enum bitset_type type;
-
-  type = bitset_type_get (bset);
-
-  return bitset_type_names[type];
-}
-
-
-/* Find next bit set in SRC starting from and including BITNO.
-   Return BITSET_BINDEX_MAX if SRC empty.  */
-bitset_bindex
-bitset_next (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
-{
-  bitset_bindex val;
-  bitset_bindex next = bitno;
-
-  if (!bitset_list (src, &val, 1, &next))
-    return BITSET_BINDEX_MAX;
-  return val;
-}
-
-
-/* Find previous bit set in SRC starting from and including BITNO.
-   Return BITSET_BINDEX_MAX if SRC empty.  */
-bitset_bindex
-bitset_prev (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
-{
-  bitset_bindex val;
-  bitset_bindex next = bitno;
-
-  if (!bitset_list_reverse (src, &val, 1, &next))
-    return BITSET_BINDEX_MAX;
-  return val;
-}
-
-
-/* Find first set bit.   */
-bitset_bindex
-bitset_first (bitset src)
-{
-  return bitset_next (src, 0);
-}
-
-
-/* Find last set bit.   */
-bitset_bindex
-bitset_last (bitset src)
-{
-  return bitset_prev (src, 0);
-}
-
-
-/* Return non-zero if BITNO in SRC is the only set bit.  */
-int
-bitset_only_set_p (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
-{
-  bitset_bindex val[2];
-  bitset_bindex next = 0;
-
-  if (bitset_list (src, val, 2, &next) != 1)
-    return 0;
-  return val[0] == bitno;
-}
-
-
-/* Print contents of bitset BSET to FILE.   */
-static void
-bitset_print (FILE *file, bitset bset, int verbose)
-{
-  unsigned int pos;
-  bitset_bindex i;
-  bitset_iterator iter;
-
-  if (verbose)
-    fprintf (file, "n_bits = %lu, set = {",
-	     (unsigned long) bitset_size (bset));
-
-  pos = 30;
-  BITSET_FOR_EACH (iter, bset, i, 0)
-  {
-    if (pos > 70)
-      {
-	fprintf (file, "\n");
-	pos = 0;
-      }
-
-    fprintf (file, "%d ", i);
-    pos += 1 + (i >= 10) + (i >= 100);
-  };
-
-  if (verbose)
-    fprintf (file, "}\n");
-}
-
-
-/* Dump bitset BSET to FILE.  */
-void
-bitset_dump (FILE *file, bitset bset)
-{
-  bitset_print (file, bset, 0);
-}
-
-
-
-/* Release memory associated with bitsets.  */
-void
-bitset_release_memory (void)
-{
-  lbitset_release_memory ();
-  ebitset_release_memory ();
-}
-
-
-
-/* Toggle bit BITNO in bitset BSET and return non-zero if not set.  */
-int
-bitset_toggle_ (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bitno)
-{
-  /* This routine is for completeness.  It could be optimized if
-     required.  */
-  if (bitset_test (bset, bitno))
-    {
-      bitset_reset (bset, bitno);
-      return 0;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      bitset_set (bset, bitno);
-      return 1;
-    }
-}
-
-
-/* Return number of bits set in bitset SRC.  */
-bitset_bindex
-bitset_count_ (bitset src)
-{
-  bitset_bindex list[BITSET_LIST_SIZE];
-  bitset_bindex next;
-  bitset_bindex num;
-  bitset_bindex count;
-
-  /* This could be greatly sped up by adding a count method for each
-     bitset implementation that uses a direct technique (based on
-     masks) for counting the number of bits set in a word.  */
-
-  next = 0;
-  for (count = 0; (num = bitset_list (src, list, BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &next));
-       count += num)
-    continue;
-
-  return count;
-}
-
-
-/* DST = SRC.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC.
-   This is a fallback for the case where SRC and DST are different
-   bitset types.  */
-int
-bitset_copy_ (bitset dst, bitset src)
-{
-  bitset_bindex i;
-  bitset_iterator iter;
-
-  /* Convert bitset types.  We assume that the DST bitset
-     is large enough to hold the SRC bitset.  */
-  bitset_zero (dst);
-  BITSET_FOR_EACH (iter, src, i, 0)
-  {
-     bitset_set (dst, i);
-  };
-
-  return 1;
-}
-
-
-/* This is a fallback for implementations that do not support
-   four operand operations.  */
-static inline int
-bitset_op4_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3,
-		enum bitset_ops op)
-{
-  int changed = 0;
-  int stats_enabled_save;
-  bitset tmp;
-
-  /* Create temporary bitset.  */
-  stats_enabled_save = bitset_stats_enabled;
-  bitset_stats_enabled = 0;
-  tmp = bitset_alloc (0, bitset_type_get (dst));
-  bitset_stats_enabled = stats_enabled_save;
-
-  switch (op)
-    {
-    case BITSET_OP_OR_AND:
-      bitset_or (tmp, src1, src2);
-      changed = bitset_and_cmp (dst, src3, tmp);
-      break;
-
-    case BITSET_OP_AND_OR:
-      bitset_and (tmp, src1, src2);
-      changed = bitset_or_cmp (dst, src3, tmp);
-      break;
-
-    case BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR:
-      bitset_andn (tmp, src1, src2);
-      changed = bitset_or_cmp (dst, src3, tmp);
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      abort ();
-    }
-
-  bitset_free (tmp);
-  return changed;
-}
-
-
-/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
-void
-bitset_and_or_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
-{
-  bitset_and_or_cmp_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
-}
-
-
-/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
-   DST != (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
-int
-bitset_and_or_cmp_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
-{
-  return bitset_op4_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3, BITSET_OP_AND_OR);
-}
-
-
-/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
-void
-bitset_andn_or_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
-{
-  bitset_andn_or_cmp_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
-}
-
-
-/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
-   DST != (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
-int
-bitset_andn_or_cmp_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
-{
-  return bitset_op4_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3, BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR);
-}
-
-
-/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
-void
-bitset_or_and_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
-{
-  bitset_or_and_cmp_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
-}
-
-
-/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  Return non-zero if
-   DST != (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
-int
-bitset_or_and_cmp_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
-{
-  return bitset_op4_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3, BITSET_OP_OR_AND);
-}
-
-
-/* Function to be called from debugger to print bitset.  */
-void
-debug_bitset (bitset bset)
-{
-  if (bset)
-    bitset_print (stderr, bset, 1);
-}

lib/bitset.h

@@ -1,378 +0,0 @@
-/* Generic bitsets.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _BITSET_H
-#define _BITSET_H
-
-/* This file is the public interface to the bitset abstract data type.
-   Only use the functions and macros defined in this file.  */
-
-#include "bbitset.h"
-#include "obstack.h"
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* Attributes used to select a bitset implementation.  */
-enum bitset_attr {BITSET_FIXED = 1,    /* Bitset size fixed.  */
-		  BITSET_VARIABLE = 2, /* Bitset size variable.  */
-		  BITSET_DENSE = 4,    /* Bitset dense.  */
-		  BITSET_SPARSE = 8,   /* Bitset sparse.  */
-		  BITSET_FRUGAL = 16,  /* Prefer most compact.  */
-		  BITSET_GREEDY = 32}; /* Prefer fastest at memory expense.  */
-
-typedef unsigned int bitset_attrs;
-
-/* The contents of the union should be considered to be private.
-   While I would like to make this union opaque, it needs to be
-   visible for the inline bit set/test functions, and for delegation
-   to the proper implementation.  */
-union bitset_union
-{
-  /* This must be the first member of every other structure that is a
-     member of this union.  */
-  struct bbitset_struct b;
-
-  struct abitset_struct
-  {
-    struct bbitset_struct b;
-    bitset_bindex n_bits;		/* Number of bits.  */
-    bitset_word words[1];		/* The array of bits.  */
-  } a;
-
-  struct ebitset_struct
-  {
-    struct bbitset_struct b;
-    bitset_windex size;			/* Number of elements.  */
-    struct ebitset_elt_struct **elts;	/* Expanding array of ptrs to elts.  */
-  } e;
-
-  struct lbitset_struct
-  {
-    struct bbitset_struct b;
-    struct lbitset_elt_struct *head;	/* First element in linked list.  */
-    struct lbitset_elt_struct *tail;	/* Last element in linked list.  */
-  } l;
-
-  struct bitset_stats_struct
-  {
-    struct bbitset_struct b;
-    bitset bset;
-  } s;
-};
-
-
-/* The contents of this structure should be considered private.
-   It is used for iterating over set bits.  */
-typedef struct
-{
-  bitset_bindex list[BITSET_LIST_SIZE];
-  bitset_bindex next;
-  bitset_bindex num;
-  bitset_bindex i;
-} bitset_iterator;
-
-
-/* Return bytes required for bitset of desired type and size.  */
-extern size_t bitset_bytes PARAMS ((enum bitset_type, bitset_bindex));
-
-/* Initialise a bitset with desired type and size.  */
-extern bitset bitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type));
-
-/* Select an implementation type based on the desired bitset size
-   and attributes.  */
-extern enum bitset_type bitset_type_choose PARAMS ((bitset_bindex,
-						    bitset_attrs));
-
-/* Create a bitset of desired type and size.  The bitset is zeroed.  */
-extern bitset bitset_alloc PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type));
-
-/* Free bitset.  */
-extern void bitset_free PARAMS ((bitset));
-
-/* Create a bitset of desired type and size using an obstack.  The
-   bitset is zeroed.  */
-extern bitset bitset_obstack_alloc PARAMS ((struct obstack *bobstack,
-					    bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type));
-
-/* Free bitset allocated on obstack.  */
-extern void bitset_obstack_free PARAMS ((bitset));
-
-/* Create a bitset of desired size and attributes.  The bitset is zeroed.  */
-extern bitset bitset_create PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, bitset_attrs));
-
-/* Return bitset type.  */
-extern enum bitset_type bitset_type_get PARAMS ((bitset));
-
-/* Return bitset type name.  */
-extern const char *bitset_type_name_get PARAMS ((bitset));
-
-
-/* Set bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
-static inline void
-bitset_set (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bitno)
-{
-  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
-  bitset_windex offset = windex - bset->b.cindex;
-
-  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
-    bset->b.cdata[offset] |= ((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
-  else
-    BITSET_SET_ (bset, bitno);
-}
-
-
-/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
-static inline void
-bitset_reset (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bitno)
-{
-  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
-  bitset_windex offset = windex - bset->b.cindex;
-
-  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
-    bset->b.cdata[offset] &= ~((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
-  else
-    BITSET_RESET_ (bset, bitno);
-}
-
-
-/* Test bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
-static inline int
-bitset_test (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bitno)
-{
-  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
-  bitset_windex offset = windex - bset->b.cindex;
-
-  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
-    return (bset->b.cdata[offset] >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)) & 1;
-  else
-    return BITSET_TEST_ (bset, bitno);
-}
-
-
-/* Toggle bit BITNO in bitset BSET and return non-zero if now set.  */
-#define bitset_toggle(bset, bitno) BITSET_TOGGLE_ (bset, bitno)
-
-/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
-#define bitset_size(SRC) BITSET_SIZE_ (SRC)
-
-/* Return number of bits set in bitset SRC.  */
-#define bitset_count(SRC) BITSET_COUNT_ (SRC)
-
-
-/* Return SRC == 0.  */
-#define bitset_empty_p(SRC) BITSET_EMPTY_P_ (SRC)
-
-/* DST = ~0.  */
-#define bitset_ones(DST) BITSET_ONES_ (DST)
-
-/* DST = 0.  */
-#define bitset_zero(DST) BITSET_ZERO_ (DST)
-
-
-
-/* DST = SRC.  */
-#define bitset_copy(DST, SRC) BITSET_COPY_ (DST, SRC)
-
-/* Return DST & SRC == 0.  */
-#define bitset_disjoint_p(DST, SRC) BITSET_DISJOINT_P_ (DST, SRC)
-
-/* Return DST == SRC.  */
-#define bitset_equal_p(DST, SRC) BITSET_EQUAL_P_ (DST, SRC)
-
-/* DST = ~SRC.  */
-#define bitset_not(DST, SRC) BITSET_NOT_ (DST, SRC)
-
-/* Return DST == DST | SRC.  */
-#define bitset_subset_p(DST, SRC) BITSET_SUBSET_P_ (DST, SRC)
-
-
-
-/* DST = SRC1 & SRC2.  */
-#define bitset_and(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_AND_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-
-/* DST = SRC1 & SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 & SRC2.  */
-#define bitset_and_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_AND_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-
-/* DST = SRC1 & ~SRC2.  */
-#define bitset_andn(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_ANDN_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-
-/* DST = SRC1 & ~SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 & ~SRC2.  */
-#define bitset_andn_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_ANDN_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-
-/* DST = SRC1 | SRC2.  */
-#define bitset_or(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_OR_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-
-/* DST = SRC1 | SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 | SRC2.  */
-#define bitset_or_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_OR_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-
-/* DST = SRC1 ^ SRC2.  */
-#define bitset_xor(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_XOR_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-
-/* DST = SRC1 ^ SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 ^ SRC2.  */
-#define bitset_xor_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_XOR_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-
-
-
-/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
-#define bitset_and_or(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
- BITSET_AND_OR_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
-
-/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
-   DST != (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
-#define bitset_and_or_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
- BITSET_AND_OR_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
-
-/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
-#define bitset_andn_or(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
- BITSET_ANDN_OR_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
-
-/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
-   DST != (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
-#define bitset_andn_or_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
- BITSET_ANDN_OR_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
-
-/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
-#define bitset_or_and(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)\
- BITSET_OR_AND_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
-
-/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  Return non-zero if
-   DST != (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
-#define bitset_or_and_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)\
- BITSET_OR_AND_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
-
-/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
-   *NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with *NEXT
-   indicating where search stopped.  */
-#define bitset_list(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
- BITSET_LIST_ (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT)
-
-/* Find reverse list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and
-   including NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with
-   *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
-#define bitset_list_reverse(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
- BITSET_LIST_REVERSE_ (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT)
-
-
-/* Find next set bit.  */
-extern bitset_bindex bitset_next PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
-
-/* Find previous set bit.  */
-extern bitset_bindex bitset_prev PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
-
-/* Find first set bit.  */
-extern bitset_bindex bitset_first PARAMS ((bitset));
-
-/* Find last set bit.  */
-extern bitset_bindex bitset_last PARAMS ((bitset));
-
-/* Return nonzero if this is the only set bit.  */
-extern int bitset_only_set_p PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
-
-/* Dump bitset.  */
-extern void bitset_dump PARAMS ((FILE *, bitset));
-
-/* Loop over all elements of BSET, starting with MIN, setting BIT
-   to the index of each set bit.  For example, the following will print
-   the bits set in a bitset:
-
-   bitset_bindex i;
-   bitset_iterator iter;
-
-   bitset_zero (dst);
-   BITSET_FOR_EACH (iter, src, i, 0)
-   {
-      printf ("%ld ", i);
-   };
-*/
-#define BITSET_FOR_EACH(ITER, BSET, BIT, MIN)				      \
-  for (ITER.next = (MIN), ITER.num = BITSET_LIST_SIZE;			      \
-       (ITER.num == BITSET_LIST_SIZE) 					      \
-       && (ITER.num = bitset_list (BSET, ITER.list, 			      \
-				   BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &ITER.next));)	      \
-    for (ITER.i = 0; (BIT) = ITER.list[ITER.i], ITER.i < ITER.num; ITER.i++)
-
-
-/* Loop over all elements of BSET, in reverse order starting with
-   MIN,  setting BIT to the index of each set bit. For example, the
-   following will print the bits set in a bitset in reverse order:
-
-   bitset_bindex i;
-   bitset_iterator iter;
-
-   bitset_zero (dst);
-   BITSET_FOR_EACH_REVERSE (iter, src, i, 0)
-   {
-      printf ("%ld ", i);
-   };
-*/
-#define BITSET_FOR_EACH_REVERSE(ITER, BSET, BIT, MIN)			      \
-  for (ITER.next = (MIN), ITER.num = BITSET_LIST_SIZE;			      \
-       (ITER.num == BITSET_LIST_SIZE) 					      \
-       && (ITER.num = bitset_list_reverse (BSET, ITER.list,		      \
-					  BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &ITER.next));)    \
-    for (ITER.i = 0; (BIT) = ITER.list[ITER.i], ITER.i < ITER.num; ITER.i++)
-
-
-/* Define set operations in terms of logical operations.  */
-
-#define bitset_diff(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_andn (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-#define bitset_diff_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_andn_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-
-#define bitset_intersection(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_and (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-#define bitset_intersection_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_and_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-
-#define bitset_union(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-#define bitset_union_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-
-/* Symmetrical difference.  */
-#define bitset_symdiff(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_xor (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-#define bitset_symdiff_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_xor_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
-
-/* Union of difference.  */
-#define bitset_diff_union(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
-  bitset_andn_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
-#define bitset_diff_union_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
-  bitset_andn_or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
-
-
-
-/* Release any memory tied up with bitsets.  */
-extern void bitset_release_memory PARAMS ((void));
-
-/* Enable bitset stats gathering.  */
-extern void bitset_stats_enable PARAMS ((void));
-
-/* Disable bitset stats gathering.  */
-extern void bitset_stats_disable PARAMS ((void));
-
-/* Read bitset stats file of accummulated stats.  */
-void bitset_stats_read PARAMS ((const char *filename));
-
-/* Write bitset stats file of accummulated stats.  */
-void bitset_stats_write PARAMS ((const char *filename));
-
-/* Dump bitset stats.  */
-extern void bitset_stats_dump PARAMS ((FILE *));
-
-/* Function to debug bitset from debugger.  */
-extern void debug_bitset PARAMS ((bitset));
-
-/* Function to debug bitset stats from debugger.  */
-extern void debug_bitset_stats PARAMS ((void));
-
-#endif /* _BITSET_H  */
-

lib/bitset_stats.c

@@ -1,721 +0,0 @@
-/* Bitset statistics.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-*/
-
-/* This file is a wrapper bitset implementation for the other bitset
-   implementations.  It provides bitset compatibility checking and
-   statistics gathering without having to instrument the bitset
-   implementations.  When statistics gathering is enabled, the bitset
-   operations get vectored through here and we then call the appropriate
-   routines.
-*/
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "bbitset.h"
-#include "abitset.h"
-#include "ebitset.h"
-#include "lbitset.h"
-#include "bitset_stats.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#include "gettext.h"
-#define _(Msgid)  gettext (Msgid)
-
-/* Configuration macros.  */
-#define BITSET_STATS_FILE "bitset.dat"
-#define BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS 10
-#define BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS  16
-#define BITSET_DENSITY_BINS  20
-
-
-/* Accessor macros.  */
-#define BITSET_STATS_ALLOCS_INC(TYPE)	 		\
-    bitset_stats_info->types[(TYPE)].allocs++
-#define BITSET_STATS_FREES_INC(BSET) 			\
-    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].frees++
-#define BITSET_STATS_SETS_INC(BSET) 			\
-    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].sets++
-#define BITSET_STATS_CACHE_SETS_INC(BSET) 		\
-    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].cache_sets++
-#define BITSET_STATS_RESETS_INC(BSET) 			\
-    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].resets++
-#define BITSET_STATS_CACHE_RESETS_INC(BSET) 		\
-    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].cache_resets++
-#define BITSET_STATS_TESTS_INC(BSET) 			\
-    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].tests++
-#define BITSET_STATS_CACHE_TESTS_INC(BSET) 		\
-    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].cache_tests++
-#define BITSET_STATS_LISTS_INC(BSET) 			\
-    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].lists++
-#define BITSET_STATS_LIST_COUNTS_INC(BSET, I) 		\
-    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].list_counts[(I)]++
-#define BITSET_STATS_LIST_SIZES_INC(BSET, I) 		\
-    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].list_sizes[(I)]++
-#define BITSET_STATS_LIST_DENSITY_INC(BSET, I) 		\
-    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].list_density[(I)]++
-
-
-struct bitset_type_info_struct
-{
-  unsigned int allocs;
-  unsigned int frees;
-  unsigned int lists;
-  unsigned int sets;
-  unsigned int cache_sets;
-  unsigned int resets;
-  unsigned int cache_resets;
-  unsigned int tests;
-  unsigned int cache_tests;
-  unsigned int list_counts[BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS];
-  unsigned int list_sizes[BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS];
-  unsigned int list_density[BITSET_DENSITY_BINS];
-};
-
-struct bitset_stats_info_struct
-{
-  unsigned int runs;
-  struct bitset_type_info_struct types[BITSET_TYPE_NUM];
-};
-
-
-struct bitset_stats_info_struct bitset_stats_info_data;
-struct bitset_stats_info_struct *bitset_stats_info;
-int bitset_stats_enabled = 0;
-
-
-/* Print a percentage histogram with message MSG to FILE.  */
-static void
-bitset_percent_histogram_print (FILE *file, const char *name, const char *msg,
-				unsigned int n_bins, unsigned int *bins)
-{
-  unsigned int i;
-  unsigned int total;
-
-  total = 0;
-  for (i = 0; i < n_bins; i++)
-    total += bins[i];
-
-  if (!total)
-    return;
-
-  fprintf (file, "%s %s", name, msg);
-  for (i = 0; i < n_bins; i++)
-    fprintf (file, "%.0f-%.0f%%\t%8u (%5.1f%%)\n",
-	     i * 100.0 / n_bins,
-	     (i + 1) * 100.0 / n_bins, bins[i],
-	     (100.0 * bins[i]) / total);
-}
-
-
-/* Print a log histogram with message MSG to FILE.  */
-static void
-bitset_log_histogram_print (FILE *file, const char *name, const char *msg,
-			    unsigned int n_bins, unsigned int *bins)
-{
-  unsigned int i;
-  unsigned int total;
-  unsigned int max_width;
-
-  total = 0;
-  for (i = 0; i < n_bins; i++)
-    total += bins[i];
-
-  if (!total)
-    return;
-
-  /* Determine number of useful bins.  */
-  for (i = n_bins; i > 3 && ! bins[i - 1]; i--)
-     continue;
-  n_bins = i;
-
-  /* 2 * ceil (log10 (2) * (N - 1)) + 1.  */
-  max_width = 2 * (unsigned int) (0.30103 * (n_bins - 1) + 0.9999) + 1;
-
-  fprintf (file, "%s %s", name, msg);
-  for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
-    fprintf (file, "%*d\t%8u (%5.1f%%)\n",
-	     max_width, i, bins[i], 100.0 * bins[i] / total);
-
-  for (; i < n_bins; i++)
-    fprintf (file, "%*lu-%lu\t%8u (%5.1f%%)\n",
-	     max_width - ((unsigned int) (0.30103 * (i) + 0.9999) + 1),
-	     (unsigned long) 1 << (i - 1),
-	     ((unsigned long) 1 << i) - 1,
-	     bins[i],
-	     (100.0 * bins[i]) / total);
-}
-
-
-/* Print bitset statistics to FILE.  */
-static void
-bitset_stats_print_1 (FILE *file, const char *name,
-		      struct bitset_type_info_struct *stats)
-{
-  if (!stats)
-    return;
-
-  fprintf (file, "%s:\n", name);
-  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_allocs, %u freed (%.2f%%).\n"),
-	   stats->allocs, stats->frees,
-	   stats->allocs ? 100.0 * stats->frees / stats->allocs : 0);
-  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_sets, %u cached (%.2f%%)\n"),
-	   stats->sets, stats->cache_sets,
-	   stats->sets ? 100.0 * stats->cache_sets / stats->sets : 0);
-  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_resets, %u cached (%.2f%%)\n"),
-	   stats->resets, stats->cache_resets,
-	   stats->resets ? 100.0 * stats->cache_resets / stats->resets : 0);
-  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_tests, %u cached (%.2f%%)\n"),
-	   stats->tests, stats->cache_tests,
-	   stats->tests ? 100.0 * stats->cache_tests / stats->tests : 0);
-
-  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_lists\n"), stats->lists);
-
-  bitset_log_histogram_print (file, name, _("count log histogram\n"),
-			      BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS, stats->list_counts);
-
-  bitset_log_histogram_print (file, name, _("size log histogram\n"),
-			      BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS, stats->list_sizes);
-
-  bitset_percent_histogram_print (file, name, _("density histogram\n"),
-				  BITSET_DENSITY_BINS, stats->list_density);
-}
-
-
-/* Print all bitset statistics to FILE.  */
-static void
-bitset_stats_print (FILE *file, int verbose ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
-  int i;
-
-  if (!bitset_stats_info)
-    return;
-
-  fprintf (file, _("Bitset statistics:\n\n"));
-
-  if (bitset_stats_info->runs > 1)
-    fprintf (file, _("Accumulated runs = %u\n"), bitset_stats_info->runs);
-
-  for (i = 0; i < BITSET_TYPE_NUM; i++)
-    bitset_stats_print_1 (file, bitset_type_names[i],
-			  &bitset_stats_info->types[i]);
-}
-
-
-/* Initialise bitset statistics logging.  */
-void
-bitset_stats_enable (void)
-{
-  if (!bitset_stats_info)
-    bitset_stats_info = &bitset_stats_info_data;
-  bitset_stats_enabled = 1;
-}
-
-
-void
-bitset_stats_disable (void)
-{
-  bitset_stats_enabled = 0;
-}
-
-
-/* Read bitset statistics file.  */
-void
-bitset_stats_read (const char *filename)
-{
-  FILE *file;
-
-  if (!bitset_stats_info)
-    return;
-
-  if (!filename)
-    filename = BITSET_STATS_FILE;
-
-  file = fopen (filename, "r");
-  if (file)
-    {
-      if (fread (&bitset_stats_info_data, sizeof (bitset_stats_info_data),
-		 1, file) != 1)
-	{
-	  if (ferror (file))
-	    perror (_("Could not read stats file."));
-	  else
-	    fprintf (stderr, _("Bad stats file size.\n"));
-	}
-      if (fclose (file) != 0)
-	perror (_("Could not read stats file."));
-    }
-  bitset_stats_info_data.runs++;
-}
-
-
-/* Write bitset statistics file.  */
-void
-bitset_stats_write (const char *filename)
-{
-  FILE *file;
-
-  if (!bitset_stats_info)
-    return;
-
-  if (!filename)
-    filename = BITSET_STATS_FILE;
-
-  file = fopen (filename, "w");
-  if (file)
-    {
-      if (fwrite (&bitset_stats_info_data, sizeof (bitset_stats_info_data),
-		  1, file) != 1)
-	perror (_("Could not write stats file."));
-      if (fclose (file) != 0)
-	perror (_("Could not write stats file."));
-    }
-  else
-    perror (_("Could not open stats file for writing."));
-}
-
-
-/* Dump bitset statistics to FILE.  */
-void
-bitset_stats_dump (FILE *file)
-{
-  bitset_stats_print (file, 0);
-}
-
-
-/* Function to be called from debugger to print bitset stats.  */
-void
-debug_bitset_stats (void)
-{
-  bitset_stats_print (stderr, 1);
-}
-
-
-static void
-bitset_stats_set (bitset dst, bitset_bindex bitno)
-{
-  bitset bset = dst->s.bset;
-  bitset_windex wordno = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
-  bitset_windex offset = wordno - bset->b.cindex;
-
-  BITSET_STATS_SETS_INC (bset);
-
-  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
-    {
-      bset->b.cdata[offset] |= (bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
-      BITSET_STATS_CACHE_SETS_INC (bset);
-    }
-  else
-    BITSET_SET_ (bset, bitno);
-}
-
-
-static void
-bitset_stats_reset (bitset dst, bitset_bindex bitno)
-{
-  bitset bset = dst->s.bset;
-  bitset_windex wordno = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
-  bitset_windex offset = wordno - bset->b.cindex;
-
-  BITSET_STATS_RESETS_INC (bset);
-
-  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
-    {
-      bset->b.cdata[offset] &=
-	~((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
-      BITSET_STATS_CACHE_RESETS_INC (bset);
-    }
-  else
-    BITSET_RESET_ (bset, bitno);
-}
-
-
-static int
-bitset_stats_toggle (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
-{
-    return BITSET_TOGGLE_ (src->s.bset, bitno);
-}
-
-
-static int
-bitset_stats_test (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
-{
-  bitset bset = src->s.bset;
-  bitset_windex wordno = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
-  bitset_windex offset = wordno - bset->b.cindex;
-
-  BITSET_STATS_TESTS_INC (bset);
-
-  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
-    {
-      BITSET_STATS_CACHE_TESTS_INC (bset);
-      return (bset->b.cdata[offset] >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)) & 1;
-    }
-  else
-    return BITSET_TEST_ (bset, bitno);
-}
-
-
-static bitset_bindex
-bitset_stats_size (bitset src)
-{
-  return BITSET_SIZE_ (src->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static bitset_bindex
-bitset_stats_count (bitset src)
-{
-  return BITSET_COUNT_ (src->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static int
-bitset_stats_empty_p (bitset dst)
-{
-  return BITSET_EMPTY_P_ (dst->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static void
-bitset_stats_ones (bitset dst)
-{
-  BITSET_ONES_ (dst->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static void
-bitset_stats_zero (bitset dst)
-{
-  BITSET_ZERO_ (dst->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static void
-bitset_stats_copy (bitset dst, bitset src)
-{
-  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
-  BITSET_COPY_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static int
-bitset_stats_disjoint_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
-{
-  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
-  return BITSET_DISJOINT_P_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static int
-bitset_stats_equal_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
-{
-  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
-  return BITSET_EQUAL_P_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static void
-bitset_stats_not (bitset dst, bitset src)
-{
-  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
-  BITSET_NOT_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static int
-bitset_stats_subset_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
-{
-  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
-  return BITSET_SUBSET_P_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static void
-bitset_stats_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
-{
-  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
-  BITSET_AND_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static int
-bitset_stats_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
-{
-  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
-  return BITSET_AND_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static void
-bitset_stats_andn (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
-{
-  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
-  BITSET_ANDN_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static int
-bitset_stats_andn_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
-{
-  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
-  return BITSET_ANDN_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static void
-bitset_stats_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
-{
-  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
-  BITSET_OR_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static int
-bitset_stats_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
-{
-  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
-  return BITSET_OR_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static void
-bitset_stats_xor (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
-{
-  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
-  BITSET_XOR_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static int
-bitset_stats_xor_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
-{
-  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
-  return BITSET_XOR_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static void
-bitset_stats_and_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
-{
-  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
-
-  BITSET_AND_OR_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static int
-bitset_stats_and_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
-{
-  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
-
-  return BITSET_AND_OR_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static void
-bitset_stats_andn_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
-{
-  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
-
-  BITSET_ANDN_OR_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static int
-bitset_stats_andn_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
-{
-  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
-
-  return BITSET_ANDN_OR_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static void
-bitset_stats_or_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
-{
-  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
-
-  BITSET_OR_AND_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static int
-bitset_stats_or_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
-{
-  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
-
-  return BITSET_OR_AND_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-static bitset_bindex
-bitset_stats_list (bitset bset, bitset_bindex *list,
-		   bitset_bindex num, bitset_bindex *next)
-{
-  bitset_bindex count;
-  bitset_bindex tmp;
-  bitset_bindex size;
-  bitset_bindex i;
-  enum bitset_type type;
-
-  count = BITSET_LIST_ (bset->s.bset, list, num, next);
-
-  type = BITSET_TYPE_ (bset->s.bset);
-  BITSET_STATS_LISTS_INC (bset->s.bset);
-
-  /* Log histogram of number of set bits.  */
-  for (i = 0, tmp = count; tmp; tmp >>= 1, i++)
-     continue;
-  if (i >= BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS)
-     i = BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS - 1;
-  BITSET_STATS_LIST_COUNTS_INC (bset->s.bset, i);
-
-  /* Log histogram of number of bits in set.  */
-  size = BITSET_SIZE_ (bset->s.bset);
-  for (i = 0, tmp = size; tmp; tmp >>= 1, i++)
-     continue;
-  if (i >= BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS)
-     i = BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS - 1;
-  BITSET_STATS_LIST_SIZES_INC (bset->s.bset, i);
-
-  /* Histogram of fraction of bits set.  */
-  i = size ? (count * BITSET_DENSITY_BINS) / size : 0;
-  if (i >= BITSET_DENSITY_BINS)
-     i = BITSET_DENSITY_BINS - 1;
-  BITSET_STATS_LIST_DENSITY_INC (bset->s.bset, i);
-  return count;
-}
-
-
-static bitset_bindex
-bitset_stats_list_reverse (bitset bset, bitset_bindex *list,
-			   bitset_bindex num, bitset_bindex *next)
-{
-  return BITSET_LIST_REVERSE_ (bset->s.bset, list, num, next);
-}
-
-
-static void
-bitset_stats_free (bitset bset)
-{
-  BITSET_STATS_FREES_INC (bset->s.bset);
-  BITSET_FREE_ (bset->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-struct bitset_vtable bitset_stats_vtable = {
-  bitset_stats_set,
-  bitset_stats_reset,
-  bitset_stats_toggle,
-  bitset_stats_test,
-  bitset_stats_size,
-  bitset_stats_count,
-  bitset_stats_empty_p,
-  bitset_stats_ones,
-  bitset_stats_zero,
-  bitset_stats_copy,
-  bitset_stats_disjoint_p,
-  bitset_stats_equal_p,
-  bitset_stats_not,
-  bitset_stats_subset_p,
-  bitset_stats_and,
-  bitset_stats_and_cmp,
-  bitset_stats_andn,
-  bitset_stats_andn_cmp,
-  bitset_stats_or,
-  bitset_stats_or_cmp,
-  bitset_stats_xor,
-  bitset_stats_xor_cmp,
-  bitset_stats_and_or,
-  bitset_stats_and_or_cmp,
-  bitset_stats_andn_or,
-  bitset_stats_andn_or_cmp,
-  bitset_stats_or_and,
-  bitset_stats_or_and_cmp,
-  bitset_stats_list,
-  bitset_stats_list_reverse,
-  bitset_stats_free,
-  BITSET_STATS
-};
-
-
-/* Return enclosed bitset type.  */
-enum bitset_type
-bitset_stats_type_get (bitset bset)
-{
-   return BITSET_TYPE_ (bset->s.bset);
-}
-
-
-size_t
-bitset_stats_bytes (void)
-{
-  return sizeof (struct bitset_stats_struct);
-}
-
-
-bitset
-bitset_stats_init (bitset bset, bitset_bindex n_bits, enum bitset_type type)
-{
-  size_t bytes;
-  bitset sbset;
-
-  bset->b.vtable = &bitset_stats_vtable;
-
-  /* Disable cache.  */
-  bset->b.cindex = 0;
-  bset->b.csize = 0;
-  bset->b.cdata = 0;
-
-  /* Set up the actual bitset implementation that
-     we are a wrapper over.  */
-  switch (type)
-    {
-    case BITSET_ARRAY:
-      bytes = abitset_bytes (n_bits);
-      sbset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
-      abitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
-      break;
-
-    case BITSET_LIST:
-      bytes = lbitset_bytes (n_bits);
-      sbset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
-      lbitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
-      break;
-
-    case BITSET_TABLE:
-      bytes = ebitset_bytes (n_bits);
-      sbset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
-      ebitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      abort ();
-    }
-
-  bset->s.bset = sbset;
-
-  BITSET_STATS_ALLOCS_INC (type);
-
-  return bset;
-}

lib/bitset_stats.h

@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-/* Functions to support bitset statistics.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _BITSET_STATS_H
-#define _BITSET_STATS_H
-
-#include "bbitset.h"
-
-extern int bitset_stats_enabled;
-
-extern enum bitset_type bitset_stats_type_get PARAMS ((bitset));
-
-extern size_t bitset_stats_bytes PARAMS ((void));
-
-extern bitset bitset_stats_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex,
-					 enum bitset_type));
-
-#endif

lib/bitsetv-print.c

@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-/* Bitset vectors.
-   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of Bison.
-
-Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
-Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
-version.
-
-Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
-for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
-Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "bitsetv-print.h"
-
-/*--------------------------------------------------------.
-| Display the MATRIX array of SIZE bitsets of size SIZE.  |
-`--------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void
-bitsetv_matrix_dump (FILE * out, const char *title, bitsetv bset)
-{
-  bitset_bindex i, j;
-  bitset_bindex hsize = bitset_size (bset[0]);
-
-  /* Title. */
-  fprintf (out, "%s BEGIN\n", title);
-
-  /* Column numbers. */
-  fputs ("   ", out);
-  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
-    putc (i / 10 ? '0' + i / 10 : ' ', out);
-  putc ('\n', out);
-  fputs ("   ", out);
-  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
-    fprintf (out, "%d", (int) (i % 10));
-  putc ('\n', out);
-
-  /* Bar. */
-  fputs ("  .", out);
-  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
-    putc ('-', out);
-  fputs (".\n", out);
-
-  /* Contents. */
-  for (i = 0; bset[i]; ++i)
-    {
-      fprintf (out, "%2lu|", (unsigned long) i);
-      for (j = 0; j < hsize; ++j)
-	fputs (bitset_test (bset[i], j) ? "1" : " ", out);
-      fputs ("|\n", out);
-    }
-
-  /* Bar. */
-  fputs ("  `", out);
-  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
-    putc ('-', out);
-  fputs ("'\n", out);
-
-  /* End title. */
-  fprintf (out, "%s END\n\n", title);
-}

lib/bitsetv-print.h

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-/* Bitset vectors.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Akim Demaille (akim@freefriends.org).
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _BITSETV_PRINT_H
-#define _BITSETV_PRINT_H
-
-#include "bitsetv.h"
-
-/* Dump vector of bitsets as a matrix.  */
-extern void bitsetv_matrix_dump PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *,
-					 bitsetv));
-
-#endif  /* _BITSETV_H  */

lib/bitsetv.c

@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-/* Bitset vectors.
-   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of GCC.
-
-GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
-Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
-version.
-
-GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
-for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with GCC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
-Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "bitsetv.h"
-
-
-/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and of
-   type TYPE.  */
-bitset *
-bitsetv_alloc (bitset_bindex n_vecs, bitset_bindex n_bits,
-	       enum bitset_type type)
-{
-  size_t vector_bytes;
-  size_t bytes;
-  bitset *bsetv;
-  bitset_bindex i;
-
-  /* Determine number of bytes for each set.  */
-  bytes = bitset_bytes (type, n_bits);
-
-  /* If size calculation overflows, memory is exhausted.  */
-  if (BITSET_SIZE_MAX / (sizeof (bitset) + bytes) <= n_vecs)
-    xalloc_die ();
-
-  /* Allocate vector table at head of bitset array.  */
-  vector_bytes = (n_vecs + 1) * sizeof (bitset) + bytes - 1;
-  vector_bytes -= vector_bytes % bytes;
-  bsetv = (bitset *) xcalloc (1, vector_bytes + bytes * n_vecs);
-
-  for (i = 0; i < n_vecs; i++)
-    {
-      bsetv[i] = (bitset) (void *) ((char *) bsetv + vector_bytes + i * bytes);
-
-      bitset_init (bsetv[i], n_bits, type);
-    }
-
-  /* Null terminate table.  */
-  bsetv[i] = 0;
-  return bsetv;
-}
-
-
-/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and with
-   attribute hints specified by ATTR.  */
-bitset *
-bitsetv_create (bitset_bindex n_vecs, bitset_bindex n_bits, unsigned int attr)
-{
-  enum bitset_type type;
-
-  type = bitset_type_choose (n_bits, attr);
-  return bitsetv_alloc (n_vecs, n_bits, type);
-}
-
-
-/* Free bitset vector BSETV.  */
-void
-bitsetv_free (bitsetv bsetv)
-{
-  bitset_bindex i;
-
-  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
-      BITSET_FREE_ (bsetv[i]);
-  free (bsetv);
-}
-
-
-/* Zero a vector of bitsets.  */
-void
-bitsetv_zero (bitsetv bsetv)
-{
-  bitset_bindex i;
-
-  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
-    bitset_zero (bsetv[i]);
-}
-
-
-/* Set a vector of bitsets to ones.  */
-void
-bitsetv_ones (bitsetv bsetv)
-{
-  bitset_bindex i;
-
-  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
-    bitset_ones (bsetv[i]);
-}
-
-
-/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
-   be the transitive closure of what was given.  */
-void
-bitsetv_transitive_closure (bitsetv bsetv)
-{
-  bitset_bindex i;
-  bitset_bindex j;
-
-  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
-    for (j = 0; bsetv[j]; j++)
-      if (bitset_test (bsetv[j], i))
-	bitset_or (bsetv[j], bsetv[j], bsetv[i]);
-}
-
-
-/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
-   be the reflexive transitive closure of what was given.  This is
-   the same as transitive closure but with all bits on the diagonal
-   of the bit matrix set.  */
-void
-bitsetv_reflexive_transitive_closure (bitsetv bsetv)
-{
-  bitset_bindex i;
-
-  bitsetv_transitive_closure (bsetv);
-  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
-    bitset_set (bsetv[i], i);
-}
-
-
-/* Dump the contents of a bitset vector BSETV with N_VECS elements to
-   FILE.  */
-void
-bitsetv_dump (FILE *file, char const *title, char const *subtitle,
-	      bitsetv bsetv)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-
-  fprintf (file, "%s\n", title);
-  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
-    {
-      fprintf (file, "%s %lu\n", subtitle, (unsigned long) i);
-      bitset_dump (file, bsetv[i]);
-    }
-
-  fprintf (file, "\n");
-}
-
-
-void
-debug_bitsetv (bitsetv bsetv)
-{
-  bitset_windex i;
-
-  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
-    {
-      fprintf (stderr, "%lu: ", (unsigned long) i);
-      debug_bitset (bsetv[i]);
-    }
-
-  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
-}

lib/bitsetv.h

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-/* Bitset vectors.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _BITSETV_H
-#define _BITSETV_H
-
-#include "bitset.h"
-
-typedef bitset * bitsetv;
-
-/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and of
-   type TYPE.  */
-extern bitsetv bitsetv_alloc PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex,
-				      enum bitset_type));
-
-/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and with
-   attribute hints specified by ATTR.  */
-extern bitsetv bitsetv_create PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex,
-				       unsigned int));
-
-/* Free vector of bitsets.  */
-extern void bitsetv_free PARAMS ((bitsetv));
-
-/* Zero vector of bitsets.  */
-extern void bitsetv_zero PARAMS ((bitsetv));
-
-/* Set vector of bitsets.  */
-extern void bitsetv_ones PARAMS ((bitsetv));
-
-/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
-   be the transitive closure of what was given.  */
-extern void bitsetv_transitive_closure PARAMS ((bitsetv));
-
-/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
-   be the reflexive transitive closure of what was given.  This is
-   the same as transitive closure but with all bits on the diagonal
-   of the bit matrix set.  */
-extern void bitsetv_reflexive_transitive_closure PARAMS ((bitsetv));
-
-/* Dump vector of bitsets.  */
-extern void bitsetv_dump PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *,
-				  const char *, bitsetv));
-
-/* Function to debug vector of bitsets from debugger.  */
-extern void debug_bitsetv PARAMS ((bitsetv));
-
-#endif  /* _BITSETV_H  */